HomeMy WebLinkAboutB11-0017 inspections06 -3 0 -2011 Inspection Request Reporting Page 8
4'19 pm Vail, CO City Of
Requested Inspect Date: Friday Julyy 01, 2011
Site Address: 395S FRONTAGE RD W VAIL
ADJACENT TO LIONSHEAD PARKING STRUCTURE
A/P /D Information
Activity: B11 -0017 Type: A -COMM Sub Type: ACOM Status: ISSUED
Const Type: Occupancy: Use: Insp Area:
Contractor: R.A. NELSON & ASSOCIATES, INC Phone: 970 - 949 -5152
Owner: TOWN OF VAIL
Description: NEW CONSTRUCTION OF AN AUXILLARY BUILDING ADJACENT TO LIONSHEAD PARKING
STRUCTURE. NEW TRANSIT WELCOME CENTER IS 3 STORIES AND CONNECTS TO EXISTING
GARAGE ON ALL FLOORS.
Reauested Inspection s
Item:
Requestor:
Comments:
Assigned To:
Action:
Comment:
10 BLDG - FOOTING
R.A. NELSON & ASSOCIATES, INC
471 -6047
JMONDRAGON
Time Exp:
B to C +21' o
Requested Time: 11:15 AM
Phone: 970 - 949 -5152
Entered By: JMONDRAGON K
Comment: elevator walls; col. lines 1.3 to 1.4 and B to C.
Comment: Gridline 2.1 thru 2.11
Comment: Lower stair rebar need to provide SI report
Comment: On AA grid line 1 to 2.10 Details 4 and 5 ok per SI report
Comment: APPROVED E1,E2,E3 COLUMNS
FOOTERS 2.9 -2.13
CIRCULAR INFILL LEVEL 1 WEST
Comment: Grid lines B 0. 21 s of C 0.22 west of 1.1 and 1.2 Transition bar at east wall at step down to be min of 2'
rest all ok _per SI report
Comment: APPROVED CORRECTION AS NOTED ON6/8 /INSPECTION
Comment: APPROVED GRID LINES 1.3 THRU 1.3.5 B -C ELEVATOR PAD
Item: 70 BLDG -Misc. Requested Time: 01:00 PM
Requestor: R.A. NELSON & ASSOCIATES, INC Phone: 970 - 949 -5152
Comments: 471 -6047 final stairs Entered B JMONDRAGON K
Assigned To: JMONDRAGON y
Action: Time Exp:
(Z -t0u� � "��.t3 2 • �2.
�1 �o
06/08/11 Inspector: sgremmer Action: APCR APPROVED /CORRECTION REQD
REPT131 Run Id: 13246
J' q,
04 SS__ rCL
"V%z
Inspection History
W( /i
Item:
501 PW- Access /Staging /Erosion
Item:
10 BLDG - FOOTING " Approved"
05/27/11 Inspector: Martin �Action.I PARTIAL INSPECTION
Comment:
06/01/11
Gridline 2.1 thru 2.11
Inspector sgremmer Action: PI PARTIAL INSPECTION
Comment:
06/03/11
On AA grid line 1 to 2.10 Details 4 and 5 ok per SI report
Inspector: Martin Action: PI PARTIAL INSPECTION
Comment:
Gridline 1 to 1.1
B to C +21'
06/08/11 Inspector: sgremmer Action: APCR APPROVED /CORRECTION REQD
REPT131 Run Id: 13246
12 -26 -2012 Inspection Request Reporting Nage i
:4 - City Of
Requested Inspect Date: Thursday, December 27, 2012
Site Address: 395 E LIONSHEAD CIR VAIL
ADJACENT TO LIONSHEAD PARKING STRUCTURE
A/P /D Information
Activity: Bl l- 017 Type: A -COMM Sub Type: ACOM Status: ISSUED
Const Type: Occupancy: Use: Insp Area:
Owner: TOW14 OF VAIL
Contractor: R.A. NELSON & ASSOCIATES, INC Phone: 970 - 949 -5152
Description: LION HEAD TRANSIT CENTER- PHASE II: TRANSIT WELCOME CENTER- NEW CONSTRUCTION OF
AN A XILLARY BUILDING ADJACENT TO LIONSHEAD PARKING STRUCTURE. NEW TRANSIT
WEL OME CENTER IS 3 STORIES AND CONNECTS TO EXISTING GARAGE ON ALL FLOORS.
Item:
Requestor:
Comments:
Assigned To:
Action:
Comment:
Comment:
Comment:
Comment:
901 BLDG -Final
Inspection History
Item: 10 BLDG
Comn
06/1
06/1
06/1
ON
Requested Time:
Phone:
Entered By:
08:00 AM
JMONDRAGON K
Time Exp:
ors air on
ived use otYstairs and lobbies to the public. This is for temporary use untill all finish items
leted
nor restrooms: Install siggnagge and need fire sign off
LOVED FOR TCO... ALL BUILDING ELEMENTS ARE COMPLETED
b
OTING "Approved ""
/11 Inspector: Martin Action: PI PARTIAL INSPECTION
ant: Gridline 2.1 thru 2.11
/11 Inspector: sgremmer Action: PI PARTIAL INSPECTION
ant: On AA grid line 1 to 2.10 Details 4 and 5 ok per SI report
/11 Inspector: Martin Action: PI PARTIAL INSPECTION
ant: Gridline 1 to 1.1
B to C +21'
/11 Inspector: sgremmer Action: APCR APPROVED /CORRECTION REQD
ant: Grid lines B 0. 21 s of C 0.22 west of 1.1 and 1.2 Transition bar at east wall at step down to be
min of 2' rest all ok per SI report
1/11 Inspector: JRM Action: AP APPROVED
ant: APPROVED GRID LINES 1.3 THRU 1.3.5 B -C ELEVATOR PAD
1/11 Inspector: JRM Action: AP APPROVED
ant: APPROVED CORRECTION AS NOTED ON60INSPECTION
A 1 Inspector: mdenney Action: PA PARTIAL APPROVAL
Brit: elevator walls- col. lines 1.3 to 1.4 and B to C.
/11 Inspector: JIRM Action: PA PARTIAL APPROVAL
ant: APPROVED E1,E2,E3 COLUMNS
FOOTERS 2.9 -2.13
CIRCULAR INFILL LEVEL 1 WEST
/11 Inspector: sgremmer Action: PI PARTIAL INSPECTION
Brit: Lower stair rebar need to provide SI report
/11 Inspector: sgremmer Action: PI PARTIAL INSPECTION
ant: grid 1.3 to 2.55 at line BB Plus slab under main stair Ok per Si report
1/11 inspector: sgremmer Action: PI PARTIAL INSPECTION
ant: Detail S107#1 grid A to B line 1.20k per SI Report
/11 Inspector: mdenney Action: AP APPROVED
ant: footings for planter wall @ 1.1 to 1.3 each side of stairs.
REPT131 Run Id: 14632
m
Town of all
1309 Elk orn Drive
Vail, Col ado 81657
Attn: Mr. om Kassmel,
This lette
(GROUN
Center b
Structure
and mats
Repr
the fi
floor
soils.
5�� -�t7
April 17, 2012
Subject: Summary of Materials Testing and
Special Inspection Services, Lionshead
Transit Welcome Center, Vail, Colorado
Job Number: 11 -6530
summarizes the materials testing GROUND Engineering Consultants, Inc.
I performed during the construction of the Lionshead Transit Welcome
Iding, located on the southwest corner of the existing Lionshead Parking
t #395 South Frontage Road West in Vail, Colorado. The special inspection
ials testing services were performed at times scheduled by the Owner,
and /or Subcontractors between May 19, 2011 and November 15, 2011.
atives of our office were present on a part time basis to periodically observe
1 subgrade and during the placement of backfill for the footings and for the
Nuclear- moisture density testing was periodically performed on the processed
During c struction, representatives of our office periodically observed reinforcing steel
placemen and performed periodic testing on the structural concrete placed for the
foundatio , foundation walls, slabs on deck and other structural elements. Samples of
the structiral concrete were periodically tested to determine physical properties and
compressive strength.
Represen atives of our office periodically observed reinforcing steel placement and
grouting operations when scheduled by the Owner, Contractor or Subcontractor during
masonry operations. At the time of our visits, representatives of our office observed the
placement of reinforcing steel and the general construction of the masonry walls.
Mortar, grDut, and masonry prism specimens were cast periodically during construction.
Samples of the mortar, grout and masonry prisms specimens were tested for
compress ve strength.
Structural steel welded and bolted connections were observed during construction by a
certified elding inspector (CWI). These observations were completed at times
schedulec by the Owner, Contractor or Subcontractor.
]RD Hn
ENGINEERIN CONSULTRNTS INC.
IOTA Airpark Dr.. Unit 9. 'O Box 464. Gypsum, CO 81637 Phone (970) 524 -0720 Fax (970) 524 -0721 w w.groundeng.corn
QNceLocations: Engle%jotA . CommuceCity Loveland Granny Gypsum Grand Junction Casper. WY
The
Lionshead Transit welcome Center
Vail, Colorado
applied fireproofing (SFRM) and intumescent fireproofing was periodically
it coverage and measured for thickness.
Based oil the final test results to date, field observations, RFI's received and other
project d cumentation received from the design team, it is our opinion that the materials
tested arid/or observed for the foundation soils, structural concrete, reinforcing steel,
masonry, structural steel and spray applied fireproofing were in general accordance with
project pl ns, specifications, or applicable RFI's.
The observations and materials testing as indicated above were performed periodically
to provide data to the Owner, Contractor and Subcontractors to assist them in
evaluating the general compliance of the tested materials and /or work with the contract
documerts at the times of our observation and testing. We did not supervise, direct or
have an control over any of the Contractor's or Subcontractor's work. We were not
responsible for the Contractor's or Subcontractor's scheduling of our services, means,
methods procedures, techniques, or sequences of construction, nor responsible for
ensuring that any Contractor or Subcontractor performed or completed the work in
ar_cnrda ce with the contract documents or construction industry standards.
If you ha�e any questions concerning this letter, please contact our office.
Sincere) ,
GROUNP Engineering Consultants, Inc.
Chris Hu #to, CET
45426
�JZo/
by Scott Richards, P.E.
Job No. I7 6630 GROUND Engineering Consultants, Inc. Page 2 of 2
" WY
TOWN OF
Final Report of Special Inspections
Project:
Lionshead Welcome Transit Center Permit Number:
Project Locati
n: 395 S. Frontage Road West
Owner/ Client:
Town of Vail
Address:
1309 Elkhorn Drive
Special Inspec
rs: GROUND Engineering Consultants, Inc
Address:
PO Box 464;101A Airpark Dr #9
City:
Gypsum State / Zip: CO 81637
Phone:
970 - 524 -0720 Fax: 970 -524 -0721
E -Mail Address:
EvanK @GroundEng.com; ScottR @GroundEng.com
To the best of
rny information, knowledge, and belief, the special inspections and or testing completed
by: GROUND E
igineering Consultants Inc have been completed in accordance with GROUND's Proposal
for Materials 7
esting and Special Inspection Services, #1104 -0541. dated 4/19/2011.
Interim reportS
submitted prior to this Final Report of Special Inspections form a basis for, and are to be
considered an
ntegral part of this final report. Any discrepancies that were noted on the interim reports
have been con
ected or accepted by the project team.
Prepared by:
Name: Scott
Richards, PE .••�•••..
Signature:
W �5428
�
Date: —
p
SIR
UMn
ENGINEERING
CONSULTRNTS INC.
101A Airpark Dr., Uni
9, PO Box 464, Gypsum, CO 81637 Phone (970) 524 -0720 Fax (970) 524 -0721 www.groundeng.coni
Office Locations: En
iewood . Commerce City Loveland Granby Gypsum Grand Junction . Caspe
" WY
Lionshead Transit Center>
18 May 2011
Page 1
18 May 2011
Mr. Martin Haeberle
Chief Building Official
Department of Community Development
5 South Frontage Road
Vail, Colorado 81657
Chief Mike McGee, Deputy Chief &
Chief Mike Vaughan, Fire Marshall
Town of Vail Fire Department
42 W. Meadow Drive
Vail, CO 81657
Lionshead Transit Center
Permit Application # B11 -0017
Dear Sirs
4240
Mr. Tom Kassmel
Town Engineer
Town of Vail Public Works
1309 Elkhorn Drive
Vail, CO 81657
Mr. Warren Campbell
Chief of Planning
Department of Community Development
5 South Frontage Road
Vail, Colorado 81657
Attached are the revised sheets for the Lionshead Transit Welcome Center that incorporate changes made to the
contract documents since our initial submission. A list of changes has been provided below. The revisions include
issue 8 and 10. Issue 9 was previously submitted as responses to your final comments.
ISSUE 8 CCDO02:
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 044200
a. Replaced stainless steel anchors with galvanized.
2. 061500
a. Removed pre- finish requirements for T & G decking.
3. 06 1800
a. Revised Glulams to be STK laminations in lieu of clear wood inserts.
4. 074623
a. Revised cedar siding to be STK KID resawn face grade in lieu of clear A and better grade.
DRAWINGS
A. A. GENERAL
1. Sheet G001
a. Revised index.
B. CIVIL:
1. No sheets issued.
C. ARCHITECTURAL
1. Sheet A101
a. Removed 2 columns at northeast patio.
2. Sheet A102
a. Removed northeast patio roof.
3. Sheet A104
pFE cMTaV/ E
MAY 19 2011
TOWN OF VAIL
4.
Removed northeast patio roof Sheet A104
5.
a.
Sheet A121 B
a.
Removed northeast patio roof.
6.
Sheet Al 22B
7.
a.
Removed northeast patio roof Sheet Al 22B
22.
a.
Revised location of roof access door at gridline 2.11.
8.
a.
Sheet Al 24B
23.
a.
Removed northeast patio roof
9.
a.
Sheet A151
24.
a.
Removed northeast patio roof.
b.
Replaced metal soffit with T & G at west breezeway.
10.
Sheet A152
a.
Removed northeast patio roof.
26.
b.
Replaced metal soffit with T & G at west breezeway.
11.
a.
Sheet A200
27.
a.
Removed northeast patio roof.
12.
a.
Sheet A201
28.
a.
Removed northeast patio roof.
b.
Replaced weathering steel panels with corrugated weathering steel.
13.
Sheet A352
a.
Provided detail callouts for details issued in CCD01.
14.
Sheet A355
a.
Removed northeast patio roof.
15.
Sheet A356
a.
Removed northeast patio roof.
16.
Sheet A358
a.
Removed northeast patio roof.
17. Sheet A359
a. Removed northeast patio roof.
18. Sheet A360
a. Removed northeast patio roof.
b. Replaced weathering steel panels with corrugated weathering steel
19. Sheet A361
a. Removed northeast patio roof.
b. Replaced weathering steel panels with corrugated weathering steel
20.
Sheet A362
a.
Removed northeast patio roof.
b.
Replaced weathering steel panels with corrugated weathering steel
21.
Sheet A363
a.
Revised section to coordinate with detail issued in CCD01.
22.
Sheet A364
a.
Replaced weathering steel panels with corrugated weathering steel.
23.
Sheet A605
a.
Replaced metal soffit with T & G at west breezeway.
24.
Sheet A620
a.
Changed 3x fascia to 2x.
25.
Sheet A621
a.
Changed 3x fascia to 2x.
26.
Sheet A802
a.
Removed columns at northeast patio.
27.
Sheet A803
a.
Removed roof at northeast patio.
28.
Sheet A841
a.
Provided detail of edge condition of GWB clouds.
29.
Sheet A851 A
a. Replaced metal soffit with T & G at west breezeway.
30. Sheet A851 B
a. Removed northeast patio roof.
31. Sheet A852A
a. Replaced metal soffit with T & G at west breezeway.
b. Replaced acoustical clouds with GWB clouds.
32. Sheet A852B
a. Replaced acoustical clouds with GWB clouds.
D. STRUCTURAL
1. Sheet S104
a. Revised truss type on Grid 2.8 to read "T2"
b. Added dimension locating end of glulam on Grid A.
c. Revised location of columns near Grid A
d. Added section cut 3/S621 on Grid AA
e. Added section cut 2/S622 on Grid 1.3, near Grid B
2. Sheet S121A
a. Revised location of columns near Grid A
b. Added TOC elevation for CIP pedestal.
3. Sheet S122A
a. Added section cut 6/S307 at existing stairs
b. Added stone relief angle section cuts at new stairs
c. Revised location of columns near Grid A
d. Removed opening near Grid 2.2 -AA
e. Removed duplicate beam at South end of Entrance vestibule.
4. Sheet S123A
a. Revised location of columns near Grid A
b. Removed opening near Grid 2.2 -AA
5. Sheet S307
a. 6/S307 — New detail
6. Sheet S319
a. 5/S319 — Revised grade to patio, revised frost depth
7. Sheet S342
a. 4-6/S342— Removed "LWC" from description of topping slab
8. Sheet S343
a. 10/S343 — Added stone relief angle.
9. Sheet S345
a. 1/S345— Revised detail
b. 7/S345 — New detail
10. Sheet S346
a. 3/S346 — Revised detail to show bent plate attaching to spandrel beam
b. 7/S346 — Reduced angle thickness and added weld information
c. 8/S346 — Added channel designation
11. Sheet S600
a. 8/S600 — Revised location of column near Grid AA. Added section cut near Grid
AA.
b. 9/S600 — Revised location of column near Grid AA. Revised section cut near
Grid BB.
c. 12/S600 — Revised location of column near Grid AA.
12. Sheet S601
a. 1/S601 — Revised section cuts near Grid BB and Grid AA. Revised location of
wall near Grid AA.
b. 2/S601 — Revised location of beam near Grid AA. Graphically showed Grid AA
beam at correct elevation. Added beam notch at Truss T9 and deck support
section to the North.
13. Sheet S602
a. 1/S602 —Added dimension /elevations.
b.
2/S602 —
Revised dimensions and added section cut on right side.
14. Sheet S603
a.
3/S603 —
Revised dimension South of Grid BB
15. Sheet S610
a.
1/S610 —Revised
connection to ease fabrication/ erection.
b.
2/S610 —Revised
connection to ease fabrication/ erection.
c.
3/S610 —Added
plate information at bottom of kingpost.
d.
4/S610 —Added
plate dimension, added HSS length.
16. Sheet S611
a.
3/S611 —
Detail removed — new detail
b.
8/S611 —
Revised Plates, added top of beam elevation, revised bottom
connection
c.
11/S611
— New detail
d.
12/S611
—New detail
17. Sheet S620
a.
4/S620 —
Revised dimension between columns for WC5, revised dimension from
Grid to column centerline for WC3.
18. Sheet S622
a.
2/S622 —
New detail
b.
8/S622 —
Revised plate sizes, added thru -bolt information
c.
10/S622
—Added solid blocking and section cut.
d.
12/S622
— New detail
19. Sheet S623
a.
3/S623 —
Changed plate washer to angle and added thru -bolt with blocking.
b.
4/S623 —
Elevation of changes made in 3/S623
20. Sheet S624
a.
6/S624 —
Added plate thickness, removed nut annotation, and revised erection
notes to say tighten "rod ".
b.
9/S624 —
Added plate thickness
D. MECHANICAL
1. Sheet M103
a. Rotated vent at elevator to coordinate with precast concrete.
E. ELECTRICAL
1. No sheet issued.
F. FIRE PROTECTION /FIRE ALARM
1. No sheet issued
ISSUE 10 CCDO03:
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 00 0000 Cover
b. Replaced.
2. 00 0110 Table of Contents
b. Removed pre - finish requirements for T & G decking.
3. 10 0110 Manufactured Fireplaces.
c. Revised model numbers based on VE options.
DRAWINGS
A. GENERAL
1. Sheet G001
a. Revised index.
B. CIVIL:
1. Sheet C017
a. Removed Asphalt base at pavers.
2. Sheet CO 18
a. Removed ADA ramp from scope of work.
C. ARCHITECTURAL:
1. Sheet A030
a. Provided existing grid dimensions used by design team for reference only. Field
verify all dimensions and lay out new structure per construction point.
2. Sheet A101
a. Moved columns at grid line A and 1.2, 1.3 to the north to coordinate with existing
precast.
3. Sheet A102
a. Moved columns at grid line A and 1.2, 1.3 to the north to coordinate with existing
precast.
b. Removed west grease duct.
4. Sheet A103
a. Moved columns at grid line A and 1.2, 1.3 to the north to coordinate with existing
precast.
b. Removed west grease duct and revised event vestibule back to original design.
5. Sheet A121 A
a. Moved columns at grid line A and 1.2, 1.3 to the north to coordinate with existing
precast.
6. Sheet Al 22A
a. Moved columns at grid line A and 1.2, 1.3 to the north to coordinate with existing
precast.
b. Removed west grease duct.
c. Revised VRD Camp Eco Fun hallway wall finishes to GWB.
7. Sheet Al 22B
a. Revised VRD Camp Eco Fun hallway wall finishes to GWB.
8. Sheet Al 23A
a. Moved columns at grid line A and 1.2, 1.3 to the north to coordinate with existing
precast.
b. Removed west grease duct and revised event vestibule back to original design.
9. Sheet A151
a. Moved columns at grid line A and 1.2, 1.3 to the north to coordinate with existing
precast.
b. Removed soffit at tenant space.
10. Sheet A152
a. Moved columns at grid line A and 1.2, 1.3 to the north to coordinate with existing
precast.
b. Removed west grease duct.
11. Sheet A153
a. Moved columns at grid line A and 1.2, 1.3 to the north to coordinate with existing
precast.
b. Removed west grease duct.
12. Sheet A200
a. Stone changed to thin stone on north elevation.
13. Sheet A363
a. Stone changed to thin stone on north elevation.
14. Sheet A366
a. Moved columns at grid line A and 1.2, 1.3 to the north to coordinate with existing
precast.
15. Sheet A367
a. Moved columns at grid line A and 1.2, 1.3 to the north to coordinate with existing
precast.
16. Sheet A375
a. Provided dimensions at west planter for coordination with precast shop drawings.
17. Sheet A603
a. Revised details to address change to thin stone.
18. Sheet A730
a. Revised fire place details to accept new fire place equipment and changed CMU
stone backup to mtl. Framing.
19. Sheet A803
a. Removed west grease duct.
20. Sheet A810
a. Removed security gate from contract. Install all blocking and support required for
future gates based on the specified gates.
21. Sheet A812
a. Revised fireplace.
b. Removed security gate from contract. Install all blocking and support required for
future gates based on the specified gates.
c. Removed soffit at tenant space.
22. Sheet A821
a. Revised hallway finishes to GWB.
23. Sheet A831
a. Revised level 3 elevations based on removal of west grease duct.
24. Sheet A833
a. Revised level 3 elevations based on removal of west grease duct.
25. Sheet A845
a. Removed security gate from contract. Install all blocking and support required for
future gates based on the specified gates.
26. Sheet A851
a. Removed security gate from contract. Install all blocking and support required for
future gates based on the specified gates.
b. Removed tenant soffit.
c. Moved columns at grid line A and 1.2, 1.3 to the north to coordinate with existing
precast.
27. Sheet A852A
a. Removed west grease duct.
b. Moved columns at grid line A and 1.2, 1.3 to the north to coordinate with existing
precast.
28. Sheet A853A
a. Moved columns at grid line A and 1.2, 1.3 to the north to coordinate with existing
precast.
D. STRUCTURAL
1. Sheet S104
a. Revised truss type on Grid 2.8 to read `73"
b. Added dimension locating end of glulam on Grid A.
c. Revised location of columns near Grid A
d. Added section cut near Grid 1.2 -B
2. Sheet S121A
a. Revised location of columns near Grid A
3. Sheet S1 22A
a. Added section cut 6/S307 at existing stairs
b. Revised location of columns near Grid A
4. Sheet S123A
a. Revised location of columns near Grid A
5. Sheet S307
F. ELECTRICAL
1. Sheet E100
a. Removed power to bollards.
2. Sheet E104
a. Added conduit for PV panels and WIFI.
G. FIRE PROTECTION /FIRE ALARM
1. No sheet issued
a.
6/S307 — New detail
6.
Sheet S345
a.
1/S345 — Revised detail
b.
7/S345 — New detail
7.
Sheet S346
a.
3/S346 — Revised detail to show bent plate attaching to spandrel beam
b.
7/S346 — Reduced angle thickness and added weld information
c.
8/S346 — Added channel designation
8.
Sheet S600
a.
8/S600 — Revised location of column near Grid AA. Added section cut near Grid
AA.
b.
9/S600 — Revised location of column near Grid AA. Revised section cut near
Grid BB.
c.
12/S600 — Revised location of column near Grid AA.
9.
Sheet S601
a.
1/S601 — Revised section cut near Grid BB. Revised location of wall near Grid
AA.
b.
2/S601 — Revised location of beam near Grid AA.
10.
Sheet S602
a.
1 /S602 — Added dimension /elevations.
11.
Sheet S610
a.
1/S610 — Revised connection to ease fabrication / erection.
b.
2/S610 — Revised connection to ease fabrication / erection.
c.
3/S610 — Added plate information at bottom of kingpost.
d.
4/S610 — Added plate dimension, added HSS length.
12.
Sheet S611
a.
8/S611 — Revised Plates, added top of beam elevation, revised bottom
connection
b.
11/S611 —New detail
c.
12/S611 — New detail
13.
Sheet S620
a.
4/S620 — Revised dimension between columns for WC5
14.
Sheet S623
a.
3/S623 — Changed plate washer to angle and added thru -bolt with blocking.
b.
4/S623 — Elevation of changes made in 3/S623
E. MECHANICAL
1. Sheet M101
a.
Removed west grease duct.
2. Sheet M102
a.
Removed west grease duct.
3. Sheet M103
a.
Removed west grease duct.
F. ELECTRICAL
1. Sheet E100
a. Removed power to bollards.
2. Sheet E104
a. Added conduit for PV panels and WIFI.
G. FIRE PROTECTION /FIRE ALARM
1. No sheet issued
Please contact me with any additional comments or questions.
Best Regards,
3 4
Tracy Hart LEED AP
Senior Associate
<cc: Tom Kassmel /Town of Vail
E. Randal Johnson /4240
21064.20/3.2
Attachment
•
•
1 m
BEAUDI
GANZ[ P111
consulting engineers, inc.
ALP,IIVE
MARY HART DLSIC N
rp RAU N
.rro vur+vi.c, a coM.a��n. nr.- e:�oMrn�
PROJECT MANUAL
SPECIFICATION SECTIONS
VOLUME 01
DIVISIONS 00 -10
FOR
TOWN OVAO'
LIONSHEAD TRANSIT WELCOME CENTER
Ifl( MAY 19 2011 IUI
I TOWN OF VAIL
CCD 3
SECTION 00 0110
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 TABLE OF CONTENTS
A. The following overall Project Documents, each dated as follows, form a part of the basis
for the Contract Documents:
VOLUME 01 DIVISIONS 00 - 10
SECTION TITLE DATE ISSUE
DIVISION 00 — INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION, PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING
REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 01 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 1000
Cover Page
16 MAY 2011
10
000101
Project Title and General Information
04 FEB 2011
02
000107
Professional Seals
18 FEB 2011
03
000110
Table of Contents
25 APR 2011
08
000115
List of Drawings
02 MAR 2011
04
002000
Instructions for Procurement
04 FEB 2011
02
003000
Available Information
04 FEB 2011
02
004100
Bid Forms
18 FEB 2011
03
005000
Contracting Forms
04 FEB 2011
02
007100
Contracting Definitions and Explanations
04 FEB 2011
02
007300
Supplemental Conditions
04 FEB 2011
02
IL 009100
Contract Document Forms
18 FEB 2011
03
00 9113.01
Addendum 1
18 FEB 2011
03
00 9113.02
Addendum 2
02 MAR 2011
04
00 9113.03
Addendum 3
04 MAR 2011
05
00 9113.04
Addendum 4
10 MAR 2011
06
009300
Project Forms
04 FEB 2011
02
DIVISION 01 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 1000
Summary
18 FEB 2011
03
01 2300
Alternates
04 FEB 2011
02
01 2500
Substitution Procedures
04 FEB 2011
02
01 2600
Contract Modification Procedures
04 FEB 2011
02
01 2900
Payment Procedures
04 FEB 2011
02
01 3100
Project Management and Coordination
04 FEB 2011
02
01 3200
Construction Progress Documentation
04 FEB 2011
02
01 3300
Submittal Procedures
04 FEB 2011
02
01 4100
Regulatory Requirements
04 FEB 2011
02
01 4200
References
04 FEB 2011
02
01 4300
Quality Assurance
04 FEB 2011
02
01 4500
Quality Control
04 FEB 2011
02
01 5000
Temporary Facilities and Controls
04 FEB 2011
02
01 6000
Product Requirements
04 FEB 2011
02
016116
Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions
04 FEB 2011
02
01 7000
Execution and Closeout Requirements
04 FEB 2011
02
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 00-0110-1 Table of Contents
Vail, Colorado 16 May 2011
CCD 3
DIVISION 08 — OPENINGS
081113
Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
04 FEB 2011
02
081433
Style and Rail Wood Doors
04 FEB 2011
02
083100
Access Doors and Panels
04 FEB 2011
02
083300
Coiling Doors and Grilles
18 FEB 2011
03
083516
Folding Grilles
18 FEB 2011
03
084229
Automatic Entrances
04 FEB 2011
02
084313
Aluminum- Framed Storefronts
04 FEB 2011
02
085113
Fire Rated Aluminum Windows
04 FEB 2011
02
087100
Door Hardware
10 MAR 2011
06
088000
Glazing
04 FEB 2011
02
088300
Mirrors
04 FEB 2011
02
089100
Louvers
04 FEB 2011
02
DIVISION 09 — FINISHES
090600
Schedule for Finishes
18 FEB 2011
03
092116
Gypsum Board Assemblies
04 FEB 2011
02
09240
(Deleted Addendum 2)
n^�T
02
093000
Tiling
04 FEB 2011
02
095100
Acoustical Ceiling
04 FEB 2011
02
096500
Resilient Flooring
04 FEB 2011
02
096566
Resilient Athletic Flooring
04 FEB 2011
02
096813
Tile Carpeting
04 FEB 2011
02
099000
Painting and Coating
04 FEB 2011
02
099300
Staining and Transparent Finishing
04 FEB 2011
02
099600
High- Performance Coatings
04 FEB 2011
02
099850
Sheet FRP Wall Panels
04 FEB 2011
02
VOLUME 02 DIVISION10 -49
......... ............
Cover Page 10 MAR 2011 05
DIVISION 10 —SPECIALTIES
10 1400
Signage
04 FEB 2011
02
10 2113.13
Metal Toilet Compartments
18 FEB 2011
03
102601
Wall and Corner Guards
04 FEB 2011
02
102800
Toilet and Bath Accessories
04 FEB 2011
02
103100
Manufactured Fireplaces
16 MAY 2011
10
104400
Fire Protection Specialties
04 FEB 2011
02
DIVISON 11 —EQUIPMENT
Not Used
DIVISION 12
— FURNISHINGS
123600
Countertops
04 FEB 2011
02
124940
Roller Shades
04 FEB 2011
02
DIVISION 13 — SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
Not Used
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 00-0110-3 Table of Contents
Vail, Colorado 16 May 2011
CCD 3
260923 Lighting Control Devices
04 FEB 2011
02
262416 Panelboards
04 FEB 2011
02
262726 Wiring Devices
04 FEB 2011
02
262816 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers
04 FEB 2011
02
265100 Interior Lighting
04 FEB 2011
02
265600 Exterior Lighting
04 FEB 2011
02
DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS
32 1300
Rigid Pavement
Not Used
02
32 1301
DIVISION 28 — ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
04 FEB 2011
02
283111 Digital Addressable Fire -Alarm System
18 FEB 2011
03
DIVISION 29 -30 — (RESERVED) (NOT USED)
DIVISION 31 — EARTHWORK
31 2000
Earthwork
04 FEB 2011
02
31 2500
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
04 FEB 2011
02
DIVISION 32 — EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Storm Drainage
04 FEB 2011
32 1123
Aggregate Base Course
04 FEB 2011
02
321200
Flexible Pavement
04 FEB 2011
02
32 1300
Rigid Pavement
04 FEB 2011
02
32 1301
Concrete Paving joints
04 FEB 2011
02
32 1302
Concrete Paving Curing
04 FEB 2011
02
32 1303
Cold Weather Concreting
04 FEB 2011
02
32 1304
Hot Weather Concreting
04 FEB 2011
02
321414
Paver Edge
04 FEB 2011
02
328000
Irrigation
04 FEB 2011
02
329000
Landscape General Conditions
04 FEB 2011
02
329100
Planting Preparation
04 FEB 2011
02
329113
Topsoil
04 FEB 2011
02
329643
Tree Transplanting
04 FEB 2011
02
DIVISION 33 — UTILITIES
331100
Water Distribution
04 FEB 2011
02
333100
Sanitary Sewer System
04 FEB 2011
02
334000
Storm Drainage
04 FEB 2011
02
338100
Electric, Communication, Conduits, and Gas Systems
04 FEB 2011
02
(Shallow Utilities)
DIVISION 34 — TRANSPORTATION
Not Used
DIVISION 35 — WATERWAY AND MARINE CONSTRUCTION
Not Used
DIVISION 36 -39 — (RESERVED) (NOT USED)
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 00-0110-5 Table of Contents
Vail, Colorado 16 May 2011
CCD 3
SECTION 10 3100
MANUFACTURED FIREPLACES
PART GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Scope of this Section includes providing all labor and material required to perform the Work
described herein and /or as shown on Drawings:
1. Manufactured steel box fireplace, including screens, gas log set with burner and grate,
electronic ignition, and insulated chimney flue and associated roof flashings.
2. Refer to specific areas listed below to determine scope of work for each.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS:
A. Section 09 2760 — Gypsum Board Systems: Metal Stud Framing
B. Division 15 sections for gas piping and shut -off valve.
C. Division 16 for electrical wiring
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL):
1. 103 — Factory Built Chimneys for Residential Type and Building Heating Appliances
2. 127 — Factory Built fireplaces
B. 2009 International Building Code (IBC)
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Unit: Recessed wall mounted, concealed chimney flue type, cubical type.
1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Fuel: Natural Gas
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Comply with the requirements of Section 01300
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate fire box rough opening dimensions, rough opening sizes for chimney flue,
gas and electric service, and flue construction including roof jack and flashing.
C. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data, including fire box cabinet
dimensions, clearances required from adjacent dissimilar construction, required gas and electrical
services, and applicable regulatory agency approvals.
D. Samples: Provide samples of finishes for all exposed accessories
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation procedures and component installation
sequence, clearances and tolerances from adjacent construction, and other requirements for a fully
functional system.
F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
G. Closeout Submittals:
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 10-3100-1 Manufactured Fireplaces
Vail, Colorado 16 May 2011
CCD 3
3. Throat: TR3S Integral.
4. Damper: AR24 Not Required.
5, Smoke Chamber: S012,*2 Integral,
6. Flue: 12x12 Selkirk Model ICA 12" Diameter (Class A) with all necessary accessories.
7. Gas Log Set: Reti ring W RF-R 36 21" Mountain Round gas log set with T"� ..A(E)24
Skytech 3 -in -1 Valve with
On /Off High /Low Remote (AF -1005 MVHL Motor) and lockable wall switch.
8. Fire Box: Manufacturers Pre -Made Fire Box Units,
9. '
10. Herringbone Brick Liner (MFP39- SHBL).
11. Structural Metal Base Kit — 6" (MFPB39).
B. Accessories
1. Firestop Spacer: Non - combustible device designed to fit between chimney riser and
penetrated floor or roof construction framing.
2. Roof Flashing: Pre - finished sheet metal.
3. Fire Box Grate: del Integral.
4. Combustion Air intake DUGt, By ManufaGturer-.
5. Fasteners and Anchors: Stainless steel type.
6. Framing: Manufacturer's steel stud framing kit for specified fireplaces.
7. Sealant: Manufacturer's standard flue and combustion air duct sealant.
C. Factory Finish
Interior Exposed to View Surface: Baked enamel; black color, or masonry.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify prepared openings are ready to receive Work and opening dimensions are as indicated on
shop drawings.
B. Verify power supply and fuel source are available.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install fireplaces in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings.
B. Install chimney plumb through prepared openings.
C. Secure chimney in opening framing with appropriate fasteners.
D. Fire -block chimneys and fireplaces in accordance with UL 103 and UL 127.
E. Carefully cut holes for fan wall switch and grilles.
F. Install roof flashings to ensure moisture is shed to exterior.
G. Startup and adjust to verify proper fuel gas operation and performance and chimney draft.
3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation of Chimney from Plumb: '/z inch.
END OF SECTION
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 103100-3 Manufactured Fireplaces
Vail, Colorado 04 February 2011
Construction
SECTION 04 4200
EXTERIOR STONE CLADDING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Cut sandstone veneer at exterior walls, solid grout; and at chimney element.
B. Metal anchors and supports.
C. Joint sealing and Joint pointing.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 04 2000 - Unit Masonry: Concrete block supporting stone cladding.
B. Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Shelf angles and supports.
C. Section 07 2500 - Weather Barriers: Air barrier under stone cladding.
D. Section 07 6200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Flashings at lintels.
E. Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers: Backing rod and sealant for perimeter and control joints.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM A 653/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) or
Zinc -Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2007.
B. ASTM A 666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold- Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel
Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2003.
C. ASTM C 270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry; 2008a.
D. ASTM C 616 - Standard Specification for Quartz -Based Dimension Stone; 2008.
E. IBC - International Building Code; 2009.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Pre - installation Meeting: See Section 01 3100 - Project Management and Coordination, for
meeting requirements. Convene two (2) weeks before starting work of this Section.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3300 - Submittal Procedures, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data on stone, mortar products, and sealant products.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout, pertinent dimensions, anchorages, head, jamb, and sill
opening details, and jointing methods.
1. Include Design Engineer's stamp on shop drawings for attachments, anchors, and
supports.
D. Design Data: Submit structural calculations stamped by Design Engineer for attachments,
anchors, and supports.
E. Samples: Submit 4 stone samples aproximately 12 x 12 inch (300 x 300 mm) in size, illustrating
color range and texture, markings, and surface finish.
F. Samples: Submit mortar color samples.
Lionshead Transit Center 044200-1 EXTERIOR STONE CLADDING
Vail, Colorado 25 April 2011
CCD 2
2. Wire ties are not permitted.
B. Support Components not in Contact with Stone: Steel, ASTM A36, galvanized after fabrication
to ASTM A123 1.25 oz/sq ft (380 g /sq m).
C. Setting Buttons and Shims: Plastic type.
D. Sheet Metal Flashings: Prefinished galvanized steel flashing; ASTM A 653/A 653M, with
G90/Z275 coating, 24 gage (0.61 mm) total thickness.
E. Flexible Membrane Flashing: W. R. Grace and Co.; "Vycor Plus ". www.graceconstruction.com.
F. Weeps: Preformed plastic tubes.
G. Backer Rod and Sealant: Types as specified in Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers; color to match
stone veneer as selected by Architect.
H. Cleaning Solution: Type that will not harm stone, joint materials, or adjacent surfaces.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that support work and site conditions are ready to receive work of this section.
B. Verify that items built -in under other sections are properly located and sized.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean stone prior to erection. Do not use wire brushes or implements that will mark or damage
exposed surfaces.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install (lashings of longest practical length and seal watertight to back -up. Lap end joint
minimum 6 inches (150 mm) and seal watertight.
B. Erect stone in accordance with stone supplier's instructions and erection drawings.
C. Install weeps in vertical stone joints at approximately 24 inches (600 mm) on center, running 8
inches horizontally within fully - grouted space at bend in flashing; immediately above horizontal
flashings, above shelf angles and supports, and at bottom of walls, just above grade. Do not
permit mortar accumulation to plug weeps.
3.04 TOLERANCES
A. Positioning of Elements: Maximum 1/4 inch (6 mm) from true position.
B. Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m); 1/2 inch in 50 feet (13
mm in 15 m).
C. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch (6 mm) per story non - cumulative; 1/2 inch (13 mm) in
any two stories.
3.05 CUTTING AND FITTING
A. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting any item not so indicated on Drawings.
B. Do not impair appearance or strength of stone work by cutting.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Remove excess mortar and sealant upon completion of work.
B. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution.
C. Use non - metallic tools in cleaning operations.
Lionshead Transit Center 044200-3 EXTERIOR STONE CLADDING
Vail, Colorado 25 April 2011
CCD 2
•
SECTION 06 1500
WOOD DECKING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Solid -sawn roof decking.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry" for dimension lumber items associated with wood
decking.
2. Division 09 Section "Staining and Transparent Finishing" for field finishing.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. For sealant and installation adhesive.
B. Samples: 24 inches long, showing the range of variation to be expected in appearance of wood
decking.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standard for Solid -Sawn Wood Decking: Comply with AITC 112, "Standard for Tongue -and-
Groove Heavy Timber Roof Decking."
B. Forest Certification: Provide wood decking produced from wood obtained from forests certified
by an FSC- accredited certification body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria."
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Schedule delivery of wood decking to avoid extended on -site storage and to avoid delaying the
Work.
B. Store materials under cover and protected from weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces.
Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings. Stack wood
decking with surfaces that are to be exposed in the final work protected from exposure to
sunlight.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 061500-1
Vail, Colorado
Wood Decking
25 April 2011
CCD 2
ri-
Seal Coat: , apply a saturation Goat of penetratin
sealer After installation, apply a saturation coat of penetrating sealer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine walls and support framing in areas to receive wood decking for compliance with
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of wood decking.
1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install solid -sawn wood decking to comply with referenced standard and with end joints located
according to lay -up indicated.
B. Where preservative- treated decking must be cut during erection, apply a field- treatment
preservative to comply with AWPA M4.
C. Apply joint sealant to seal roof decking at exterior walls at the following locations:
1. Between decking and supports located at exterior walls.
2. Between decking and exterior walls that butt against underside of decking.
3. Between tongues and grooves of decking over exterior walls and supports at exterior
walls.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Repair damaged surfaces and finishes after completing erection. Replace damaged decking if
repairs are not approved by Architect.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Provide temporary waterproof covering to protect exposed decking before applying roofing.
END OF SECTION
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 061500-3
Vail, Colorado
Wood Decking
25 April 2011
CCD 2
SECTION 06 1800
GLUE - LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes framing using structural glued - laminated timbers.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 06 Section "Rough Carpentry" for dimension lumber items associated with
structural glued - laminated timber construction.
2. Division 06 Section "Heavy Timber Construction" for framing using timbers.
3. Division 06 Section "Wood Decking" for wood roof decking.
4. Division 09 Section "Painting and Coating" for field finishing of connectors.
5. Division 09 Section "Staining and Transparent Finishing" for field finishing of wood.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Structural Glued- Laminated (Glulam) Timber: An engineered, stress -rated timber product
assembled from selected and prepared wood laminations bonded together with adhesives and
with the grain of the laminations approximately parallel longitudinally.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For structural glued - laminated timber and connectors.
1. Include data on lumber, adhesives, fabrication, and protection.
2. Include data for wood - preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and
certification by treatment plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate
type of preservative used, net amount of preservative retained, and chemical treatment
manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated
materials.
3. Include installation instructions for timber connectors.
B. Shop Drawings: Show layout of structural glued - laminated timber system and full dimensions of
each member. Indicate species and laminating combination, adhesive type, and other variables
in required work.
Include large -scale details of connections.
C. Samples: Full width and depth, 24 inches long, showing the range of variation to be expected in
appearance of structural glued - laminated timber, including variations due to specified treatment.
1. Apply specified factory finish to three sides of half - length of each Sample.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 061800-1 Glulam Construction
Vail, Colorado 25 April 2011
CCD 2
1. Use preservative solution without water repellents or substances that might interfere with
application of indicated finishes.
2. After dressing and fabricating members, apply a field- treatment preservative to comply
with AWPA M4 to surfaces cut to a depth of more than 1/16 inch.
a. Use inorganic boron (SBX) treatment for members not in contact with the ground
and continuously protected from liquid water.
b. Use copper naphthenate treatment for members in contact with the ground or not
continuously protected from liquid water.
F. Adhesive: Wet -use type complying with ASTM D 2559.
1. Use adhesive that contains no urea - formaldehyde resins.
G. End Sealer: Manufacturer's standard, transparent, colorless wood sealer that is effective in
retarding the transmission of moisture at cross -grain cuts and is compatible with indicated finish.
H. Penetrating Sealer: Manufacturer's standard, transparent, penetrating wood sealer that is
compatible with indicated finish.
2.2 TIMBER CONNECTORS
A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate from the following materials:
1. Structural -steel shapes, plates, and flat bars complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M.
2. Round steel bars complying with ASTM A 575, Grade M 1020.
3. Hot - rolled steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Structural Steel, Type SS,
Grade 33.
B. Provide bolts, 3/4 inch, unless otherwise indicated, complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; nuts
complying with ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers.
C. Hot -dip galvanize steel assemblies and fasteners after fabrication to comply with
ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Shop fabricate for connections to greatest extent possible, including cutting to length and drilling
bolt holes.
1. Dress exposed surfaces to remove planing or surfacing marks and to provide a finish
equivalent to that produced by machine sanding with No. 120 grit sandpaper.
B. Camber: Fabricate horizontal and inclined members of less than 1:1 slope with either circular or
parabolic camber equal to 1/500 of span.
C. End -Cut Sealing: Immediately after end - cutting each member to final length and after
preservative treatment, apply a saturation coat of end sealer to ends and other cross -cut
surfaces, keeping surfaces flood- coated for not less than 10 minutes.
D. Seal Coat: After fabricating, sanding, and end -coat sealing, apply a heavy saturation coat of
penetrating sealer on surfaces of each unit, except for preservative- treated wood where
treatment included a water repellent.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 061800-3 Glulam Construction
Vail, Colorado 25 April 2011
CCD 2
SECTION 07 4623
WOOD SIDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
SECTION INCLUDES
A. Wood siding.
C. Related trim, flashings, accessories, and fastenings.
1.02
RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 07 2100 — Thermal Insulation: exterior sheathing.
B. Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers: Sealant at perimeter openings and dissimilar materials.
C. Section 07 6200: Supply of metal flashings and trim associated with wood siding for
placement by this section.
D. Section 09 9300 - Staining: Stain and seal finish.
E. Section 08 9100 - Louvers: Wall vents and louvers.
1.03
REFERENCES
A. WRCLA — (Western Red Cedar Lumber Association).
1.04
SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. Section 01 3000 - Submittals: Procedures for submittals.
B. Product Data: Provide data indicating materials, component profiles, fastening methods,
jointing details, sizes, surface texture, finishes, and accessories.
C. Samples: Submit four samples 18 x 24 inch in size illustrating surface texture and
coloring.
D. Samples: Submit four samples 18 x 24 inch in size to Section 09 9300 for application of
stain.
1.05
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Grade materials in accordance with the following:
1. Lumber Grading: Certified by WRCLA.
1.06
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Store in ventilated areas with constant minimum temperature of 60 degrees F and
maximum relative humidity of 55 percent.
1.07
WARRANTY
A. Section 01 7000 - Contract Closeout.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 074623-1 Wood Siding
Vail, Colorado 25 April 2011
CCD 2
•
•
A. Maximum Variation From Plumb Level: '/4 inches per 10 feet (6 mm /3 m).
B. Maximum Offset From Joint Alignment: 1/16 inches (1.5mm).
3.06 PREPARATION FOR SITE FINISHING
A. Site Finishing: Specified in Section 09 9000
END OF SECTION
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 074623-3
Vail, Colorado
Wood Siding
25 April 2011
CCD 2
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
APPROVALS
Permit #: B11 -0017 as of 05 -09 -2011 Status: ISSUED
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx. xxxxxxxxxxxxxx. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Item: 05100 BUILDING DEPARTMENT
03/10/2011 Martin Action: CR See B11 -0017
comment letter 031011 laser fiche
04/22/2011 Martin Action: CR Sheet A121 B and
A814 still need to be revised to comply with Figure 604.3
A117.1 ANSI
missing sheets A710, A720, E404
Revise structural calcs to the 2009 IBC and provide
sealed plans
05/06/2011 Martin Action: AP
Item: 05110 ELECTRICAL REVIEW
03/10/2011 Martin Action: CR
05/06/2011 Martin Action: AP
Item: 05120 MECHANICAL REVIEW
03/10/2011 Martin Action: CR
04/22/2011 Martin Action: AP
Item: 05130 PLUMBING REVIEW
03/10/2011 Martin Action: CR
04/22/2011 Martin Action: AP
Item: 05400 PLANNING DEPARTMENT
03/01/2011 Warren Action: AP
05/05/2011 Warren Action: AP Planning approved
the B. D. Responses dated April 11, 2011, including the
revised sheets.
Item: 05600 FIRE DEPARTMENT
03/11/2011 Martin Action: CR per correction
letter
05/06/2011 Martin Action: AP Per Mike V
Item: 05500 PUBLIC WORKS
03/10/2011 TK Action: AP Approved with
condition that all comments dated 2/22/11 shall be
resolved prior to start of construction.
04/18/2011 TK Action: AP Approved
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx.. xxx. xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
See the Conditions section of this Document for any that may, apply.
b Id-a It-con st ru ct i o n_pe rm it_041908
** RR#*#* RRR*## RRR#*** RRR# rt## RRRR#* RRRR***# RRR*### RR#***R RR******#** R* R### RRR#*# RR**#** RR#*** R** R**** R* rt** RRRrtrt** RRrtrt# RR*# rtrtRRRrtrtRRRR# RRRRrtrt* RR##* RRR## * *R * # *R *R * # *RR # # * * * # #RRRR * * *RR#
CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
Permit #: B11 -0017 as of 05 -09 -2011 Status: ISSUED
Cond: 1
(FIRE): FIRE DEPARTMENT APPROVAL IS REQUIRED BEFORE ANY
WORK CAN BE STARTED.
Cond: 12
(BLDG.): FIELD INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO CHECK FOR CODE
COMPLIANCE.
b Id_a It_co nstructio n_pe rmit_041908
Lionshead Transit Center>
26 April 2011
Page 1
26 April 2011
Mr. Martin Haeberle
Chief Building Official
Department of Community Development
5 South Frontage Road
Vail, Colorado 81657
Chief Mike McGee, Deputy Chief &
Chief Mike Vaughan, Fire Marshall
Town of Vail Fire Department
42 W. Meadow Drive
Vail, CO 81657
Lionshead Transit Center
Permit Application # B11 -0017
Dear Sirs
i APR 27 2011
TOWN OF VAIL
mom Kassmel
Town Engineer
Town of Vail Public Works
1309 Elkhorn Drive
Vail, CO 81657
4240
Mr. Warren Campbell
Chief of Planning
Department of Community Development
5 South Frontage Road
Vail, Colorado 81657
Within this letter we provide responses to the three agencies that provided comment. Please find below our
responses to your Building Department Comments, received via email on March 10th. Our response is indicated
in italics. Drawings changes are clouded as issue 9.
Architectural Comments:
General
1. Missing sheets A710, A720, E404.
Sheet A710 was not revised because the elevator vent is was not cut in the section. Refer to sheet M103
for the louver location and design.
Sheet A720 was not revised because the railing locations of details 6 and 10 are to remain as they are.
6/A720 is adjacent to a planter and a stair. 10/A720 The narrow side of the wall cap is adjacent to the
walking surface. Refer to 1/A605 for the revised railing at the west breezeway submitted in the previous
responses.
Sheet E404 does not exist. The original building department comments for E404 were addressed on
sheet E400.
2. Family Bathroom lavatory needs 60" clearance per IBC and there is only 4', revise sheets A121 B,
A814 and A815 are attached.
3. Need Structural Calc stamped page. See attached cover.
4. Need sheet revised from stating 2006 to 2009 IBC.
See attached. The design was based on 2009. The 2006 reference was a typographical error.
Please contact me with any additional comments or questions.
Best Regards,
Tracy Hart LEED AP
Senior Associate
<cc: Tom Kassmel/Town of Vail
E. Randal Johnson /4240
21064.20/3.2
Attachment
D fSCE 11 V/fs
APR 27 2011 L
TOWN OF VAIL__
MARTIN / MARTIN
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
F A27 2011
TOWN Oar hAl:
L1UIN SHEAD W hLUUME LEIN 1 LK
Vail, CO
STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS
MARTIN /MARTIN Project No. 21615.S.05
11 April 2011
Pao �EGIX ,
eSC 'ro
19531
11 April 2011
1 2499 WEST COLFAX • P.O. BOX 1 51 500 • LAKEWOOD, COLORADO B02 1 5 • 303-431-6 1 00
Martin /Martin, Inc
• 12499 W Colfax Ave•
Lakewcx)d. ( t,) 80215
(1303) 43 1-6100 (phone)
(303) 431 -69661 fax)
r0 ,..,..,h
1. Code: International Building Code 2009
11. occupancy:
Occupancy Croup = B Business
111. Type of Construction:
Fire Rating:
Itoof 0.0 hr
Floor 0.0 hr
fV. Live Loads:
JOB TITLE Li nshead
Vail. (Y)
JOB NO. 21615.S.05
CALCULATED BYJAO
CHECKED BY VRS
Roof angie 181
50) 12 ?2.6 deg
Roof 0 to 200 sf:
19 psf
'100 to 600 st
2 2.14 - 0.01 9Ar €a. but not less than 12 psf
over 600 sf;
12 psf
Roos used for roof gardens
100 psf
Floor
100 psf
Stairs & Exitways
100 psf
Balcony / Deck
100 psi'
Mechanical
N'A
Partitions
1 <''A
V. Wind Loads: ASCE 7 - 05
Importance factor
1.00
Basic Wind speed
90 mph
Directionality (Kd)
0.85
Mean Roof tit (hl
45.0 It
Parapet ht above urd
j2J) 1t
Minimum parapet ht
0.0 tt
Lxposure Cate,go)
B
Unciosure Classif. Enclosed Building
Internal pressure
1 °0.18
,I.ypc of roof
Gable
Building length (L)
29.0 t1
Least width (13')
171.8 ft
Kh ease 1
0.787
Kh case 2
0.787
l ����„ra�lhtc Factor Kn
Topography
Flat
hill Height (l1)
80.0 ti
half llitl Length (Lh)
100.0 0
Actual 114-h =
0.90
Use 11 /1_h —
0.50
Modified lh =
160,0 ti
From top of crest: x=
50.011
Bldg up down wind? downwind
111 .11 0.50
K,
0.000
x /1.h 0.31
Kt
0.792
z;1.h < 0.28
K, :::
1.000
At Mean Roof lit:
Kzt - (1 +K,K_K,)"2
1.000
SHEET NO,
DATE 11126 10
DATE -7 11
www.struware.con1
D
APR 27 2011
R
TOWN ON vAlL.._..�,__
r-
REG�S NFL �.fc••{s
x �y
s � 17531 Y
• i C�
.. 1 i
'�( z
ESCARPMENT
Hf � IT-
s
2D RIDGE or 3D AJ(ISYMMETRICAL HILL
Lionshead Transit Center>
11 April 2011
Page 1
11 April 2011
Mr. Martin Haeberle
Chief Building Official
Department of Community Development
5 South Frontage Road
Vail, Colorado 81657
Chief Mike McGee, Deputy Chief &
Chief Mike Vaughan, Fire Marshall
Town of Vail Fire Department
42 W. Meadow Drive
Vail, CO 81657
Lionshead Transit Center
Permit Application # 1311 -0017
Dear Sirs
B11 -00/'7
APR 12 2011
TOWN OF VAiL
Mr. Tom Kassmel
Town Engineer
Town of Vail Public Works
1309 Elkhorn Drive
Vail, CO 81657
Hm
Mr. Warren Campbell
Chief of Planning
Department of Community Development
5 South Frontage Road
Vail, Colorado 81657
Within this letter we provide responses to the three agencies that provided comment. Please find below our
responses to your Building Department Comments, received via email on March 10th. Our response is indicated
in italics. Drawings changes are clouded as issue 7.
Architectural Comments:
General
1. Provide sizing and drainage calculations for the proposed roof drainage system to include the parking garage.
Sizing and drainage calculations for the flat roofs and decks within the building footprint are attached.
2. Exterior columns do not comply with section 602.4.7 IBC. Revise all applicable sheets to show compliance with
the code.
Sheet A101 has been revised to show the center of the right of way with a line 20' from the center of the right of way.
3. Revise plans and details to reflect the required r values per the envelope compliance sheet. Missing in several
location
The Comcheck has been revised to reflect the plans and details. The revised Comcheck is attached.
4. Revise envelope compliance to reflect all building components and elements.
The Comcheck has been revised to reflect the plans and details. The revised Comcheck is attached.
5. Provide window schedule on plans to reflect the required u values, fire ratings, and safety glazing.
The u- values, fire ratings and safety glazing have been provided on the drawings.
6. Secondary members and connections are not fire protected per Table 601 IBC. Revise all applicable sheets.
Example, steel rods and steel brackets for wood columns and roof assemblies.
Refer to the attached letter from BCER Engineering dated April 11, 2011.
7. Accessible toilets are missing the required vertical grab bars. Reference section 604.5.1 A117.1 ANSI. Revise all
applicable sheets.
The accessible toilet locations have been revised to include a vertical grab bar
G100
1. Reflect actual area of the proposed building.
The sheet has been revised.
2. Annotate on plans that the building is also designed to comply with Title II of the ADA. Note: the building is a
public facility
The code list has been revised to include ADA.
3.For other than allowable area and building type exceptions for fully/ throughout sprinklered building may not be
used. The proposed design does not reflect this condition. Revise all applicable sheets to show code compliance.
The current design of the east stair from level 3 to level 1 provides the required 48" min. clearance between rails.
Level 3 access to the stair is from the exterior deck providing an exterior area of refuse for the stair. Per our meeting
with the building department on 4.4.2011 an area next to the stair on level 2 has been designated as a waiting area
for occupants requiring assistance to egress the building.
4. Revise occupancy classification for the daycare area to an 1 -4 as per section 308.4 and section 302.1 IBC.
Revise all applicable sheets.
The documents have been revised.
G101
1. Remove notes that are not applicable to the proposed project.
The sheet notes have been removed.
2. Plans reflect standing for the A -3 occupancy. The occupant load factor is 7 not 15.Reference Table 1004. 1.1
IBC. Revise all applicable sheets to show code compliance.
The sheet has been revised to use a factor of 7. Exit loads have been revised.
3. Plans do not reflect the required occupancy separation from the parking garage for the west half of the building.
Revise plans.
The wall ratings separating this area from the garage has been increased to 1 hour. RE: G101.
G102
1. Clarify the designation for the VRD imagination station. Is this an accessory to the daycare?
The VRD Imagination Station has been labeled as 14 occupancy to address separation requirements on level 2.
C011
1. The mechanical engineer has placed the responsibility for storm water design on the civil engineer for onsite
drainage. The plans do not reflect this. Please coordinate with mechanical engineer for appropriate sizing of the rain
water drainage system. Include all flow rates at roof drain inlets. Reference section 1503.4 IBC.
Attached are site storm calculations for the 100 year event. The storm drain collector (south side of the building) has
been revised and is adequately sized for the collection of all roof and onsite drainage. Calculations were based on
roof areas provided by the Architect and mechanical drain areas provided by the Mechanical Engineer.
C012
1. A five foot landing is required at both ends of the proposed ramps. Reference section 405.7.3 All 17.1 ANSI
The ADA ramp has been revised. A 5' landing has been added to the top of the ramp. The existing concrete pavers
at the base of the ramp are less than a 2% slope and will remain as the bottom landing. (see sheet C012 and C018
detail H)
C013
1. Annotate on plans the onsite storm water collection system shall be as built reflecting compliance with approved
plans
Note has been added.
C016
1. Annotate on plans that as built building sewer and water plans shall be provided showing compliance with the
approved plans.
Note has been added.
C018
1. Proposed handrails do not conform to the requirements of section 505 Al 17.1 ANSI. Revise plans
The handrails have been schematically revised (see C018 detail H). Per meeting on 4.4.2011 the Town of Vail will
provide a temporary ramp in lieu of the include design.
2. The curb detail does not comply with section 406.2 Al 17.1 ANSI. Revise plans.
The slope of the adjacent proposed concrete gutter has been revised to 5% per ADA regulations. In the 100 year
storm event, water will slightly overtop the proposed gutter and be contained by the adjacent asphalt.
A121B
1. Family restroom lavatory encroaches into the required clearances for the water closet per section 604.3 Al 17.1
ANSI. Revise plans
Per sheet A814 the lavatory does not overlap the clear floor space of the water closet. Only the lavatory clear floor
space overlaps the water closet clear floor space.
A122A
1. Clarify compliance with section 803 and listed fire rated assembly for 3/4" plywood in VRD imagination room.
The continuous plywood blocking has been labeled as fire retardant. Re: 603.1 item 25, Re: A 122 and A1238.
A122B
1. Children's bathroom lavatory encroaches into the required clearances for the water closet. Reference section
604.9.2 ADAAG. Revise all applicable sheets.
2. Clarify that water closet meets height requirements per section 604.9.3 ADAAG.
The lavatory has been relocated to a location that does not overlap the water closet clear floor area. The height of
the water closet seat has been added to sheet A822
A200/201
1. Clarify wood veneer is in compliance with section 1405.5 IBC.
See sheet G103 for added code elevations showing compliance of the two highest veneer locations.
A375
1. Detail 2 appears to have lost thermal continuity. Revise plans
Refer to 51A605. A thermal ceiling grid will be provided in this area.
A520
1. Provide u values of doors on the door schedule.
2. Provide fire rated door for west side of structure at hallway
See the revised schedule.
A521
1. Provide insulation at voids in order to maintain thermal continuity.
All doors detailed on this sheet are interior conditions. Insulation shown in these details is acoustical only.
A601
1. Structural steel channels do not reflect the required fire protection. Revise plans
Steel channels are utilized as stone lintels only. The channels are not primary structure.
Refer to IBC 704.11.
A700
1. Details 1 and 21 do not clearly identify that all structural support for the 2 hour rated assemblies has the same fire
rating. Please clarify
Stair plans and sections have been revised to clearly show the rated enclosure of the stair. The building's primary
structure is required to be 2 hour per the IBC.
A710
1. The elevator hoist way is required to vented per section 3004.1 and the state elevator inspector. Revise plans to
reflect this requirement.
A vent has been added to the elevator shaft. Refer to the revised mechanical drawings.
A720
1. Details 10 H reflect climbable conditions for guards. Revise plans to comply with section 1013.3 IBC. Note the
offset area is considered a tread.
There is no code reference to climbable conditions of railing. The steel portion of the guard rail has been moved
closer to the walking surface to discourage occupants from sitting on the stone cap.
A801
1. Surfaces for bathroom differ from plan details. Please clarify. Note painted surfaces do not comply with section
1210.2 IBC.
A note has been added to the finish schedule that refers to the interior elevations for tile locations.
A813
1. Spot height for the drinking fountain is a maximum of 36" per section 602.4 All 17.1 ANSI. Annotate on plans.
Dimensions have been added to the elevation.
A814
1. Revise plans to reflect the required clearances from the water closet to the lavatory. Reference section 602.4
All 17.1 ANSI
The lavatory fixture does not overlap the clear floor area of the water closet. Per 604.3.2 the clear floor area of other
fixture are allowed to overlap the clear floor area of the water closet.
Structural Comments
General
1. Structural Calculations to be sealed by the engineer of record
Attached
2. Code search is using the wrong edition of the IBC. Revise calculations.
3. Provide structural details and plans for installation of photovoltaic panels
There are no photovoltaic panels in the scope of this project.
S002
1. Deferred submittals to reviewed and accepted by the engineer of record prior to forwarding the building official.
Reference on plans
See revisions to sheet S002.
2. Work under the scope of a deferred submittal may not start until plans have been approved by the building official.
Annotate on plans.
Note added to documents.
S101
1. Provide plans sealed by an engineer, reviewed and accepted by the engineer of record and the geotechnical
engineer, for required shoring prior to beginning work. See geotech report.
Noted.
Plumbing Comments:
General
1. Provide isometric drawing for gas, water, waste, and vent systems.
Isometrics for the waste and vent systems are included in the revised drawings. Gas was already provided in the
documents, and water has been determined not to be needed.
2. Provide plans and specifications for the design of the roof drainage system. Reference Chapter 11 1 P
Sizing and drainage calculations for the flat roofs and decks within the building footprint are attached.
Mechanical Comments:
General
I. Provide a listed shroud for the venting system or provide engineering analysis for proposed application. See
architectural drawings. Reference section 805.6 IMC
Per the attached letter from Chimney King the shroud construction meets the requirement for UL listing. See
revisions on sheet A730.
Electrical Comments:
E101: Grid line 2.10 and AA
Provide adequate spacing for all Electrical equipment per section 110.26 of the 2008 NEC.
Working clearance in accordance with NEC will be provided.
E404: One Line Drawing
Provide arc flash warning labels for all switchboards, panel boards, and main distributions centers per
110.16 of the 2008 NEC
A note addressing this requirement will be added to the one -line diagram.
E404: One line Drawing
Where premises wiring systems have more than one nominal voltage, each ungrounded conductor of
the two systems shall be identified with postings at panel boards, and main distribution systems to notify markings
used per 210.5
of the 2008 NEC.
A note addressing this requirement will be added to the one -line diagram.
PLANNING COMMENTS
Reviewed and accepted
FIRE DEPARTMENT COMMENTS 1Vauahan
FA 101 Fire alarm and sprinkler shops to be submitted electronically.
These will be a deferred submittal by the respective contractors. Permits will be submitted electronically.
FA 101 Flow and tamper monitoring of isolation valves shall be determined by number of zones.
Specific sprinkler valve quantities will be field determined by the fire protection contractor. Design intent is shown on
the plans.
FP 101 Elevator pit and machine room shall have separate flow /tamper and isolation valve.
The elevator pit and machine room will have separate flow /tampers and isolation valves.
Commercial hood required if any cooking appliances are anticipated.
Noted.
Please find below our responses to your Public Works Comments. Our response is indicated in italics. Drawing
changes are clouded as issue 7.
Comments already submitted to architect
1. C012 Move Standpipe connection as discussed.
The standpipe was relocated under Addendum #2
2. 00013 How will traffic coating be applied and make a neat line at edges? Color, type?
The traffic coating is applied with a roller. The area will be taped off to provide a clean edge. The color will
match the existing color of phase 1.
3. C013 might be prudent place a decorative bollard just on the south side of the structure joint. Same on
third floor
A bollard has been added in addendum 2.
4. C013 Since we now are heating the existing topping slab, it needs to be shown as demo'd
A note has been added to remove the existing slab in addendum 2.
5. C015 we will need to improve drainage leaks over pedestrian areas. We have used gutters and heat tape
at joints before, is this the only way?
This area shall be coordinated with the owner.
6. L200 Can we use a grade beam and pier construction for landscape retaining walls, to save on excavation
and frost depth concrete. This has been done throughout Lionshead.
The client is looking for a typical detail.
7. L201 Show irrigation for grass roof, as well as edge treatment.
The irrigation head layout is the responsibility of the installer. See roof details at the planter for the edge
details.
8. Al 01 Note infill of ped walkway, refer to structure. Did structural have a detail about this, I did not see it.
The infill panel is part of phase 1.
9. A101 The trash door is only 8' Honeywagon needed 10 -12'. Can the column be offset.
The trash enclosure has been revised RE: Addendum 2.
10. All 03 Background a little off for walk at NW side.
Corrected
11. A104 and A124 don't match just west of the Tower. This area looks like a potential ice dam.
The roof has been revised in this area.
12. All 21A widen paver area just east of main door to maintain minimal walk width when door is open.
This area shall be coordinated with the owner.
13. All 21 A/A730 The lower mantle /seat could be shortened
Closed item
14. A122A The second level stair landing need to be redone. Coordinated and heated this does not show this
clearly.
Area has been revised to better explain the scope of work. Part of the landing was completed in phase 1.
15. A122 Future range location
No range per owner.
16. A122 Show location of electrical panel
Panel shown on electrical drawings.
17. Al 23B Ramp is not heated
The bridge between the garage and new structure is snowmelted.
18. A201 We should plan on something on the big stone veneer wall, maybe advertising banners ? ? ??
Removed by the client
19. A365 Fourth not down regarding conduit ? ??
Note removed.
20. A822 Where would the range go.
No range per owner.
21. M100 We should talk about all of the wall mounted heat manifolds.
These have been previously discussed with Tom Kassmel; we do not foresee any action beyond those
discussions.
22. M102 Zone 10 does not go far enough on second floor landing. This is that demo rebuild coordination
issue of second floor landing.
See comment above.
23. E104 How is the Tower lite?
Refer to sheet E203. Type `SP7' fixtures will be mounted on top of elevator shaft and be aimed to shine on
tower ceiling.
24. FP201 The west connection is made already. How does the connection E -W occur; cores thru structure,
what is minimum height over drive aisle, 7', can this be achieved? Don't see note 2 being called out on any
of these plans.
Shaner Life Safety: Fire Protection Note #2 indicates that the west connection is already made. During a
site visit with Mike McGee, we observed several paths to make the remaining West to East and North /South
connections, as illustrated by the schematic pipe runs shown on FP101. There is clearance for the pipe to
be run. The piping could even be run on the exterior of the building. Structural penetrations should not be
necessary. Flag Note #2 is not properly indicated (typographical errors). The existing standpipe valves are
located in the 4 corners of the building, with the two center stair valves being new
25. The Host Locker room should be rough in only, no finishes,tile, electrical, or even bathroom walls (unless
needed for rough in). The door should be in the location per last set of redlines to accommodate 16 lockers
on south side of door.
This area will be revised per owners direction at a future date.
26. We were suggesting the IT room be moved to the lower storage room, rm 130 not rm 129. This would be
better situated for IT.
This area will be revised per owners direction at a future date.
27. Waterproofing under stairs /stair planter, over all storage, etc...
New areas of construction will have waterproofing per the contract documents. Existing areas will have
traffic coating above that will provide some protection.
28. Sign location for all exterior doors
Sign locations will be coordinated with owner in the field once sign design is in progress.
29. We should have heataped gutters on drip edged eaves over pedestrian ways.
This area will be revised per owners direction at a future date.
30. Were you able to find the water fountain with bottle filler?
This item ill be revised per owners direction at a future date.
31. Salvage and Eco friendly demo of existing building
Demolition process is the responsibility of the General Contractor.
32. Asbestos testing will be back by Friday morning. Will probably need Asbestos permit.
This is the responsibility of the owner. Per owner asbestos does not exist.
33. Getting RFP's out for FFE (Furniture, Electronics(TV's, Security cameras, etc...), Materials Testing &
Special Inspections
Owner's responsibility.
34. Confirm list of Owner Provided finishes
Owner's responsibility.
35. Flu adds with BP comments
Flues are included in the attached drawings.
Jdition to our responses, the team also submits revisions issued via addendum during the bidding process.
These revisions include:
ISSUE 4 ADDENDUM 2:
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 03 1513 Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstops.
a. Section added.
2. 03 3000 Cast -in -place Concrete
a. Revised 1.4.6.4. lightweight concrete
3. 07 2500 Weather Barriers
a. Revised 2.02.B. Roofing Sub- Underlayment,
4. 07 5300 Elastomeric Membrane Roofing.
a. Removed text from 1.8.6 Field conditions.
b. Added 2.05.G Primer for Metal Pan Flashing.
c. Added 3.04.G. Allow membrane to relax a minimum of 30 minutes prior to installation.
5. 076100 Sheet Metal Roofing
a. Revised section to state snow fence in lieu of snow guard.
b. Added 1.10.A and B Design Criteria.
c. Removed 2.03.C. Slip Sheet.
d. Removed 3.03.K.
e. Revised 3.04.H.
f. Revised 3.05.D.
6. 07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
a. Revised 2.01.A Sheet Materials.
b. Revised 2.04.6 Gutters and Downspouts.
7. 07 9005 Joint Sealers
a. Added 2.01.D.3 Manufacturer
b. Added 2.02.H Roofing Component Sealant
8. 079500 Expansion Control
a. Added section
9. 22 0700 Plumbing Insulation
a. Added section 23.A fire rated insulation systems.
10. 23 3113 Metal Ducts
a. Added sections 3.3 Commercial Kitchen Hood Exhaust Duct.
b. Added sections 3.9.A.
c. Added section 3.9.D.3
DRAWINGS
A. GENERAL INFORMATION:
1. Sheet G101
a. Provided to contractors. Current issue: Addendum 1 2.18.2011
2. Sheet G102
a. Provided to contractors. Current issue: Addendum 1 2.18.2011
3. Sheet G111
a. Provided to contractors. Current issue: Addendum 1 2.18.2011
4. Sheet G121
a. Provided to contractors. Current issue: Addendum 1 2.18.2011
B. CIVIL:
1. Sheet C011
a. Revised- scale of drawing (1 " =10)
2. Sheet C012
a. Revised- ADA ramps & concrete band
3. Sheet C013
a. Added- Bysted bollard
b. Revised- Pedestrian area to be demo'd and replaced with snowmelted concrete
4. Sheet C014
a. Added- Bysted bollard
5. Sheet C015
a. Added- Foundation subdrain around building
b. Added- Note "see landscape plans for irrigation sleeving"
6. Sheet C016
a. Added- Note "see landscape plans for irrigation sleeving"
b. Revised- Relocated FDC standpipe
7. Sheet C017
a. Revised- Detail L for foundation subdrain around building
8. Sheet C018
a. Revised- Detail G- Pedestrian area to be demo'd and replaced with snowmelted
concrete
b. Added- Detail K, ADA ramp concrete well / banding.
c. Revised- Detail C & D note- concrete thickness to 3.25" (from 3 ")
9. Sheet C019
a. Revised- Detail A- contraction & expansion joints added for new snowmelted
concrete pedestrian area.
C. LANDSCAPE:
1. Sheet L103
a. Revised irrigation mainline.
b. Revised irrigation at level 3 patio.
2. Sheet L200
a. Revised paver detail.
D. ARCHITECTURAL:
1. Sheet A101
a. Host ski area has been labeled as not in contract.
2. Sheet At 02
a. Added grease vent shafts and revised adjacent walls.
3. Sheet A103
a. Added grease vent shafts and revised adjacent walls.
4. Sheet A104
a. Revised snow fence extents
b. Added grease vent termination caps
5. Sheet A121 A
a. Host ski area has been labeled as not in contract
b. Added expansion joints
c. Coordinated floor drain with civil.
6. Sheet A121 B
a. Removed misc. lines.
7. Sheet Al 22A
a. Added grease vent flue.
b. Revised downspouts to extend to drains.
c. Added additional expansion joints.
8. Sheet Al 23A
a. Added grease vent flue.
b. Added additional expansion joints.
9. Sheet A123B
a. Added grease vent flue.
b. Coordinated bridge expansion joint with structural details.
c. Revised slab edges at storefront system.
10. Sheet Al 24A
a. Revised extents of snow fences.
b. Added grease vent termination cap.
c. Added notes about roof ventilation.
11. Sheet At 24B
a. Revised extents of snow fences.
b. Added grease vent termination cap.
12. Sheet A152
a. Added grease vent flue shafts.
13. Sheet A153
a. Added grease vent flue shafts.
14. Sheet A201
a. Revised callouts.
b. Revised top of chimney.
15. Sheet A351
a. Revised downspout.
16. Sheet A352
a. Provided precast elevations.
17. Sheet A353
a. Provided precast elevations.
18. Sheet A355
a. Revised trash enclosure doors.
b. Revised trash enclosure roof system.
19. Sheet A357
a. Revised slab edge locations and added a thermal break.
20. Sheet A362
a. Coordinated expansion joint at bridge with structural.
21. Sheet A366
a. Added expansion joints.
22. Sheet A367
a. Added expansion joints.
23. Sheet A374
a. Coordinated expansion joint location.
24. Sheet A375
a. Revised stair structure.
25. Sheet A500
a. Removed misc. notes.
26. Sheet A510
a. Revised storefront systems.
27. Sheet A520
a. Changes to door hardware including doors 113A,123A,123B,125A,125B,127A,
129A, 130A,133A,136A
b. Adjust door material to WD -02 and jambs to Wood on doors 306A and 309A
c. Addition of door 207A -A
28. Sheet A602
a. Revised details.
29. Sheet A603
a. Added detail.
30. Sheet A605
a. Revised detail.
31. Sheet A612
a. Added detail.
32. Sheet A611
a. Revised detail.
33. Sheet A620
a. Revised details.
34. Sheet A621
a. Revised details.
35. Sheet A622
a. Revised details.
b. Added a detail.
36. Sheet A700
a. Eliminate concrete wall below Stairs 125
37. Sheet A702
a. Extend waterproofing membrane at 2nd level landing
38. Sheet A730
a. Adjustments to chimney top surround
b. Redefine Chimney tops
c. Clarification of chimney connections at lower level fireplace
d. Replace "cast stone mantels" with "stone mantels"
e. Added fixed glass panel at front of lower level fireplace
f. Add notes in regard to clearances at chimney penetrations
g. Adjust lower level chimney routing
39. Sheet A801
a. Adjustment to schedule at Rooms 204 and 205
40. Sheet A802
a. Clarify location of floor finish in plan detail 3/A802
41. Sheet A803
a. Flue penetration and shaft at Office 204
42. Sheet A804
a. Plan changes at vestibule 301 to allow for exhaust vent shaft along north wall
b. Plan changes at northeast corner of Room 308 to allow for exhaust vent shaft
c. Plan changes at southwest corner of Room 208
43. Sheet A812
a. Eliminate note on interior elevation 1/A812
b. Clarify width of truss members detail 5/A812
44. Sheet A821
a. Adjusted sequence/ layout of elevations on the sheet to align with numbering
45. Sheet A831
a. Interior elevations adjusted in vestibule and Event space to accommodate
exhaust vent shaft along north wall
46. Sheet A833
a. Interior elevations adjusted in Event Space to accommodate exhaust vent shaft
along north wall
b. Adjust titles of all elevations on this sheet from room #310 to room #308 to match
plans.
E. STRUCTURAL
1. Sheet S003
a. Added glulam material callout for columns
2. Sheet S004
a. Slight revisions to load plans (cleaned up linework, revised hatch pattern, added
green roof loading).
3.
Sheet S101
a.
Added plan notes #13 -16.
4.
Sheet S103
a.
Revised plan note #6. Increased WWF for this level only.
5.
Sheet S104
a.
Added sim to detail 2/S626 at West Canopy ridge
b.
Revised roof dimensions
c.
Added section cuts at precast shearwall to T &G decking connections
d.
Revised length of drag near Grid C.
e.
Added reduced sheathing nail spacing area North of elevator.
f.
Revised beam size on Grid AA, near Grid 1.3; to 6.75 "x21 ".
g.
Added 6/S622 section cut at elevator core
h.
Added section cut 6/S621 near 2.2 -BB
i.
Truss on Grid 2.3 has been revised to type T2 (supported on concrete wall at
Grid BB).
j.
Davit symbols at ridge have been corrected to show fall protection tie -back
symbol.
k.
Provided dimensions for glulam beams framing chimney.
6.
Sheet S110
a.
3/S110 -Added beam sizes to plan (instead of elevation /section). Note —double
beams have increased from 4x12's to 4x14's. Beams are also closer together
than they were (3.75" instead of 4.5 ").
7.
Sheet S121
a.
Added section cut on Grid 1.1.
b.
Increased foundation width West of Grid 1.1
c.
Lowered top of footing at existing, West of Grid 1.1
d.
Increased foundation width North of Grid C
e.
Added section cut at bottom of exterior precast stairs
f.
Revised elevator core foundation dimensions to be even inches.
g.
Added a site cast pedestals at A -1.3 and A -1.2 to simplify precast erection.
h.
Revised walls on Grid AA to reflect 8" precast and 15" site cast walls.
i.
Added stoop and detail at elevator (West side only)
j.
Added section cut 2/S307 on wall East of Grid 1.4.
k.
Increased stem wall thickness Southeast of elevator
I.
Moved South wall of entrance vestibule North 3 ".
m.
Revised location of vestibule columns towards the South by 2 ".
n.
Added top of concrete elevation for atypical pedestals.
8.
Sheet
S121 B
a.
Added dimensions locating East canopy pedestals
b.
Revised depth and added section for trash enclosure post
c.
Relocated retaining wall East of Grid 2.13
d.
Added wall returns on trash enclosure walls
e.
Graphically showed site stairs between Grids 2.11 and 2.12.
f.
Revised extents of planter between Grids 2.11 and 2.12.
g.
Added stoop outside stairs near Grid 2.11.
h.
Added section 4/S307 at trash enclosure post.
9.
Sheet
S122A
a.
Revised slab extents near vestibule (AA -1.3)
b.
Added handrail section cut at slab edge near Grid 2.1 & garage.
c.
Removed section cut on wall East of Grid 1.4.
d.
Added detail @ elevator threshold
e.
Added beam tag to precast IT beam at elevator.
f.
Revised chord steel to be (3) #5xCONT
g.
Added flue opening near 2.2 -AA
h.
Revised entrance canopy extents (South of BB).
i.
Added section cuts at elevator weathering steel panel support (9 &12/S344).
j.
Added column reinforcement to the East side of existing garage column E -F E -2.
This matches what was shown on 12/S351.
k.
Removed errant beam tag on Grid 2.2 vestibule beam.
10.
Sheet
S122B
a.
Changed double tees to plank East of Grid 2.9
b.
Revised dimensions for East canopy
c.
Revised locations of brackets for East canopy North of Grid AA (Grid 2.9 to Grid
2.11)
d.
Revised chord steel to be (3) #5xCONT
e.
Revised entrance canopy extents (South of BB).
f.
Added details around trash enclosure
11.
Sheet
S123A
a.
Dimensioned wood column near Grid 1.3 -13
b.
Removed section 1/S343 near Grid 1.4 -2.1
c.
Added detail @ elevator threshold
d.
Added beam tag to precast IT beam at elevator.
e.
Added flue opening near 2.2 -AA.
f.
Extended precast wall on Grid BB from Grid 2.2 to Grid 2.3.
g.
Reduced extent of slab North of AA to near Grid 2.2.
12.
Sheet
123B
a.
Revised top of precast elevation at event deck.
13.
Sheet
S302
a.
3/S302 — added precast /site cast options
14.
Sheet
303
a.
1/S303 — Referenced earthwork spec for subgrade preparation. Referenced arch
drawings for vapor barrier.
15.
Sheet
S304
a.
2/S304 — Added wall reinforcement information
b.
3/S304 — Added reinforcement information
c.
6/S304 — Increased height of concrete at opening.
d.
7/S304 — Top of concrete lowered 4"
e.
8/S304 — Replaced detail
f.
10/S304 — Replaced detail
g.
11 /S304 — Added wall reinforcement annotations
16.
Sheet S305
a.
6/S305 — Added section at sump pit (7/S303)
b.
12/S305 — Added dimension for South side of mat foundation.
17.
Sheet S306
a.
3/S306 — new detail
b.
6/S306 — new detail
c.
20/S306 - revised size and reinforcement of P1 A, P5, P8, P9
18.
Sheet S307 — new sheet
19.
Sheet S319
a.
10/S319 —Added dimensions and reinforcement information.
b.
12/S319 — Showed topping slab.
20.
Sheet 340
a.
2/S340 — Referenced plan for top of pedestal elevation
b.
3/S340 — Added cast in place pedestal to ease construction.
21.
Sheet 341
a.
1/S341 — Reduced minimum topping thickness to 2 ".
b.
2/S341 — Provided design loads for embed plates. Increased max spacing to 7ft.
c.
4 &5/S341 — Increased max haunch length.
d.
9/S341 — new detail
22.
Sheet 342
a.
1 /S342 —Added #4 bars over girder
b.
3/S342 — Revised edge of slab dimension
c.
6 &9/S342 — Revised load arrow to act in only one direction
23. Sheet S343
a. 1/S343 — Referenced plan for chord reinforcement (instead of calling
out (1) #7).
b. 3/S343 — Revised load arrow to act in only one direction.
c. 10/S343 — Added note for handrail (deferred submittal)
24.
Sheet S344
a.
2/S344 — revised detail
b.
3/S344 — removed detail
c.
7/S344 — Revised load arrow to act in only one direction.
d.
10/S344 — revised detail
e.
12/S344 — revised connection to be field bolted
25.
Sheet S345
a.
1/S345 —Revised detail to simplify construction
b.
2/S345 — Revised load arrow to act in only one direction.
c.
3/S345 — Revised attachment of architectural truss to have three bolts. Revised
load arrow to act in only one direction.
26.
Sheet S350
a.
2,3 &5/S350 — Added note to roughen and apply bonding agent
b.
7/S350 - Added load and weld information for handrail support. Revised detail to
show only one side of condition (to be more typical).
27.
Sheet S380
a.
Revised wall elevations
b.
1/S380 — revised elevation notes to clarify diaphragm connection forces.
c.
6/S380 — Added 6k lateral load at level 2. Revised precast wall thickness from
10" to 8 ". Revised TOW elevation East of Grid 2.11.
d.
8/S380 — removed duplicate load arrow
28.
Sheet
S381
a.
1/S381 — revised elevation notes to clarify diaphragm connection forces.
b.
6/S381 - revised wall elevation, extended level 3 wall to Grid 2.3 (from
Grid 2.2). Revised precast wall thickness from 10" to 8 ".
29.
Sheet
S382
a.
Revised wall elevations
b.
1/S382 — revised elevation notes to clarify diaphragm connection forces.
30.
Sheet
S383
a.
Revised wall elevations
31.
Sheet
S384
a.
1/S384 — revised elevation notes to clarify diaphragm connection forces.
b.
4/S384 - Revised wall elevation
c.
5/S384 — Revised top of wall elevation to be VIF
d.
7/S384 — Revised top of wall elevation to be VIF
e.
8/S384 — Added bottom of concrete elevations
32.
Sheet
S400
a.
10/S400 — Added box note limiting applicability of detail
33.
Sheet
S401 — new sheet
34.
Sheet
S540
a.
4/S540 — Added design load information for precaster
b.
5/S540 — Added deck information for 3N
35.
Sheet
600
a.
8/S600 — Added dimensions on South truss tail
b.
9/S600 — Added dimension on South truss tail. Revised section at AA.
c.
10/S600 — Revised load arrow to act in only one direction. Added additional
connection information.
d.
11 /S600 — Added additional information to the detail. Revised load arrow to act in
only one direction.
e.
12/S600 — Revised load arrow to act in only one direction.
36. Sheet 601
a. 1/S601 —Added dimension on South and North truss tails
b. 2/S601 — Added dimension on South truss tail, revised section on AA, revised
pipe column to round HSS (detail still forthcoming)
37. Sheet 602
a. 1- 4/S602 — Added section cut at truss tail, dimensioned elevation of rod.
38. Sheet 603
a. 1/S603 —Added elevations
b. 3/S603 —Added truss T13 elevation
39. Sheet 610
a. 1/S610 —Added plate and weld information for connection.
b. 2/S610 —Added design loads for precaster
40. Sheet 611
a. 2/S611 — Revised load arrow to act in only one direction.
b. 4/S611 —Added values to load arrows
c. 8/S611 —Made plate wider.
d. 10/S611 —New detail
41. Sheet S620
a. 3/S620 - Described sim condition (no ridge vent)
b. 5/S620 — Added blocking, moved snow guard, revised tip geometry, added lag
screws from decking to blocking
c. 7/S620 — Clarified extent of detail (only outer 24 "). Adjusted depth of continuous
2x at perimeter.
d. 9/S620 — Added blocking
e. 2/S620- Added max spacing for brackets
1. Sheet 621
a. 2/S621 — Replaced detail
b. 4/S621 — Revised load arrow to act in only one direction.
c. 5/S621 — Revised load arrow to act in only one direction.
2. Sheet S622
a. 1/S622 — Revised detail (doubled struts, changed top connection). Changed load
arrows to act in only one direction.
b. 3/S622 — Added lag screws from the bottom of the decking into the glulam
beams.
c. 6/S622 — Revised gravity loads to act in one direction only. Clarified earthquake
load as omega - level.
d. 8/S622 — New detail
e. 9/S622 — New detail
f. 10/S622 — Revised detail
g. 11/S622 — New detail
3. Sheet S623
a. 3/S623 — Revised detail (beams frame over girder, thru -bolts no longer recessed.
b. 4/S623 — Revised detail (beams frame over girder)
c. 7/S623 — New plan detail at entrance canopy
4. Sheet S624
a. 3/S624 — Revised load arrow to act in one direction only.
b. 5/S624 — Removed duplicate dimensions, revised lower conn
c. 6/S624 — Added gusset plate and thru- bolts. Added blocking.
d. 9/S624 — Revised load arrow to act in one direction only
e. 11/S624 — Removed duplicate dimensions, revised lower conn
f. 12/S624 - Revised load arrow to act in one direction only
5. Sheet S625
a. 3/S625 - Added non - structural plate to outside of connection
b. 6/S625 — Added non - structural plate to outside of connection
c. 7/S625 — Added non - structural plate to outside of connection. Changed pipe to
A round HSS.
6.
Sheet S626
a.
2/S626 - revised workpoint elevation at main branches, added plate elevations
(10/S626)
b.
3/S626 - revised baseplate dimensions, added plate sizes
c.
5/S626 - revised TOC elevation, added additional plate information.
d.
6/S626 — revised TOC elevation, added additional plate information
e.
7/S626 — revised plate thickness
f.
9/S626 — revised plate dimensions
g.
10/S626 — revised screw anchor size, provided elevation
h.
11 /S626 — revised plate width
i.
12/S626 — revised plate width
F. MECHANICAL:
1.
Sheet
M001
a.
Revised fan coil schedule information.
2.
Sheet
M002
a.
Revised plumbing fixture type 15 model.
3.
Sheet
M101
a.
Mechanical work in Host Ski Storage #123 has been changed to Not In Contract.
b.
Grease exhaust duct has been stubbed into shell space.
c.
Snowmelt mains rerouted due to grease duct.
4.
Sheet
M102
a.
Grease exhaust duct has been stubbed into the VRD kitchen and routed through
a. the second level from the shell space at the main level.
b.
BTU meter added to VRD heating water for billing purposes.
c.
Kiln ventilation system clarified based on Owner provided equipment.
5.
Sheet
M103
a.
Grease exhaust ducts have been routed through the level and terminated at the
a. roof.
6. Sheet M201
a. Plumbing work in Host Ski Storage #123 has been changed to Not In Contract.
b. Minimum burial depth revised.
c. Approximate MBH gas load updated for the utility meter.
d. Gas supply branch provided to shell space and gas pipe sizing updated.
7. Sheet M400
a. Revised gas piping one line.
8. Sheet M401
a. Added BTU meter diagram.
9. Sheet M501
a. Added makeup air sequence to fan coil controls schematic.
G. ELECTRICAL
1. Sheet E101
a. Electrical work in Host Ski Storage #123 has been changed to Not in Contract.
b. Added power for fireplace exhaust /vent system.
c. Added panel `LPC' to Electrical Room #111.
2. Sheet E102
a. Added heat trace and power connection at Mechanical Deck on east side.
3. Sheet E104
a. Added conduit to future kitchen exhaust fan electrical connections.
b. Added power connection for fireplace exhaust /vent system exhaust fan.
4. Sheet E400
a. Added panel `LP1C'.
H. FIRE PROTECTION:
1. Sheet FP103
a. Add fire sprinklers to exterior north and south roof eves.
2. Sheet FA101
a. Add fire /smoke damper.
3. Sheet FA102
a. Add fire /sm
ISSUE 5 ADDENDUM 3:
SPECIFICATIONS
1. Revised Bid forms to change the bid due dates. (Not included in this submission)
DRAWINGS
1. No drawings issues.
ISSUE 6 ADDENDUM 4:
SPECIFICATIONS
2. 08 7100 Hardware Schedule.
a. Revised multiple hardware sets
DRAWINGS
A. CIVIL:
1. Sheet C017
a. Revised- Note, detail M Planter Drain, "Concrete planter base re: structural
6/S319"
2. Sheet C018
a. Revised- Note, details D, F, G, "Roughen, powerwash and apply bonding agent
to existing concrete ".
B. STRUCTURAL:
1. Sheet S319
a. Provided detail at planter.
ISSUE 7 BUILDING DEPARTMENT RESPONSES
SPECIFICATIONS
1. 07 9500 Expansion Control.
a. Added additional expansion joint systems.
DRAWINGS
A. GENERAL
1.
Sheet G001
a.
Revised index.
2.
Sheet G100
a.
Added accessibility codes to list of applicable codes
b.
Revised item 5 to reflect use group changes and provide actual areas.
3.
Sheet G101
a.
Revised occupancy calculations for level 1.
b.
Removed notes that did not pertain to this project type.
c.
Added rating to wall west of breezeway.
4.
Sheet G102
a.
Revised index.
5. Sheet G103
a. Added sheet.
B. CIVIL:
1. Sheet C012
a. Revised- added landing on ADA ramp, extended ramp
2. Sheet C015
a. Added- Note "Contractor shall provide as -built storm drainage plans, reflecting
compliance with approved Construction Plans"
3. Sheet C016
a. Added- Note "Contractor shall provide as -built sewer and water plans, reflecting
compliance with approved Construction Plans"
b. Revised- size of storm piping on south side of building from 4" PVC to 8" PVC
Sheet C018
a. Revised- Detail H (Concrete ADA Ramp). Added landing at top of ramp and
lengthened handrails. Revised concrete gutter slope from 8.3% to 5 %.
C. ARCHITECTURAL
1. Sheet A030
a. Revised Grid alignment with existing garage structure.
2. Sheet A101
a. Revised column surround at gridline A and 1.3
b. Provided center of right of way with 20' setback.
3. Sheet At 02
a. Revised column surrounds at gridline A and 1.2 and 1.3.
b. Revised location of expansion joint at gridline A.5.
4. Sheet At 03
a. Revised column surround at gridline A and 1.2 and 1.3.
b. Revised wall cap at gridline A.5 and 1.1.
c. Added vents at southern window sills.
5. Sheet A104
a. Added downspout calculations.
6. Sheet A121A
a. Revised column surround at gridline A and 1.3.
b. Added detail references.
7. Sheet Al 22A
a. Revised column surround at gridline A and 1.2 and 1.3.
b. Revised breezeway railing locations.
c. Added detail references.
8. Sheet At 22B
a. Revised location of roof access door at gridline 2.11.
9. Sheet At 23A
a. Revised column surrounds at gridline A and 1.2 and 1.3
b. Revised breezeway railing locations.
c. Added vents at southern window sills.
10. Sheet Al 23B
a. Added vents at southern window sills.
11. Sheet Al 24A
a. Added cricket at gridline AA and 2.1.
12. Sheet A200
a. 2/A200. Added note at expansion joint.
13. Sheet A201
a. 1/A201 Revised column surrounds.
b. 2/A201 Revised column surrounds.
c. 2/A201 Revised section to show existing garage.
14. Sheet A364
a. 1/A364 revised door to be rated.
15. Sheet A365
a. Revised column surrounds and added detail references.
16. Sheet A371
a. 2/A371 Revised window and column at level 1.
17.
Sheet A375
a.
Added vents at southern window sills.
18.
Sheet A510
a.
Added notes to locate tempered and rated glazing.
19.
Sheet A520
a.
Revised door schedule.
20.
Sheet A601
a.
4/A601. Revised detail to include sill vent.
21.
Sheet A603
a.
7/A603 Added vent to sill detail.
22.
Sheet A605
a.
Added detail 6/A605.
b.
1/A605 Moved guard railing towards walking surface.
c.
1/A605 Revised rigid insulation note to allow for more insulation to meet grade.
d.
5/A605 Added insulated ceiling grid below the ceiling pan.
23.
Sheet A606
a.
Added sheet of new details.
24.
Sheet A611
a.
3/A611 revised column size and wrap.
25.
Sheet A700
a.
Provided dimensions for door openings.
b.
Revised sections to clearly show rated enclosure.
26.
Sheet A702
a.
Noted vapor barrier at slab on grade.
27.
Sheet A730
a.
Revised the custom chimney shroud to be a UL listed system.
28.
Sheet A801
a.
Added note to finish schedule to refer to elevations for tile locations.
29.
Sheet A804
a.
Added vents at southern window sills.
30.
Sheet A813
a.
Revised dimensions to water fountain spouts.
31.
Sheet A814
a.
Added vertical grab bar.
b.
Added dimensions and notes to 1/A814.
32.
Sheet A815
a.
Added vertical grab bar.
33.
Sheet A822
a.
Revised children's restroom layout and elevations.
b.
Added dimensions to 1/A822.
34.
Sheet A830
a.
Added vertical grab bar.
b.
Added dimensions to 1 /A830.
35.
Sheet A833
a.
Added vent at north wall of level 3.
36. Sheet A843
a. Added vertical grab bar to water closet elevation.
D. STRUCTURAL
1. Sheet S002
a. Revised deferred submittal requirements.
2. Sheet S121A
a. Revised site cast concrete thickness near Grid 1.3 -13
b. Removed foundation on Grid BB, between 2.1 and 2.2.
c. Removed column and foundation North of B and West of 1.1.
d. Removed column South of B and West of 1.1
e. Moved column and foundation North of B and West of 1.1.
f. Added column and pedestal on 1.2, North of Grid B.
g. Added pedestal on Grids A -1.2
h. Increased elevator wall thickness on Southeast side
I Lowered footing B -1.2 to ease foundation forming
i Revised foundation Southeast of elevator
3. Sheet S121 B
a. Increase building instep dimension near B -2.9.
b. Increased width of grade beam on Grid 2.10 so that pedestal P9 could
4. be removed.
5. Sheet S122A
a. Revised top of precast elevation.
b. Added stone veneer section cut at columns on Grid A.
c. Added details along Grid 1.1
6. Sheet S122B
a. Revised top of precast elevation
7. Sheet S123A
a. Added stone veneer section cut at columns on Grid A.
b. Revised top of precast elevation
c. Added details along Grid 1.1
8. Sheet S123B
a. Revised top of precast elevation
9. Sheet S300
a. 5/S300: Added note 4 to lap length and hook embedment.
10. Sheet S304
a. 8/S304: Revised reinforcement
11. Sheet S305
a. 6/S305: Removed detail. Moved information to S121.
b. 12/S305: Removed detail. Moved information to S121.
12. Sheet S306
a. 2/S306: Added hooks each end of longitudinal bars.
b. 12/S306: Removed pedestal P9.
13. Sheet S341
a. 1/S341: Revised max topping thickness.
b. 9/S341: Epoxy coated reinforcement
14. Sheet S342
a. 5/S342: Changed Z -bars to hooked
b. 6/S342: Increased thickened slab width. Changed Z -bars to hooked
c. 9/S342: Decreased plate sizes, reduced load eccentricity
15. Sheet S343
a. 4/S343: Galvanized angle
16. Sheet S346
a. New Sheet
17. Sheet S350
a. 8/S350: New detail showing stone support at columns 1.2 -A and 1.3 -A
18. Sheet S381
a. 8/S381: Revised mech. openings. Added gravity load for PC design.
19. Sheet S382
a. 2/S382: Indicated out -of -plane loads.
b. 6/S382: Indicated out -of -plane loads. Increase precast wall thickness
below level 2.
20. Sheet S383
a. 5/S383: Raised opening height. Revised TOW elevation. Revised CIP /
21. precast interface elevation.
a. 6/S383: Indicated out -of -plane loads.
22. Sheet S384
a. 4/S384: Revised precast elevation.
b. 5/S384: Revised precast wall panel thickness to 12 ".
c. 7/S384: Revised precast wall panel thickness to 12 ".
d. 8/S384: Revised precast elevation.
23. Sheet S540
a. 4/S540: Defined max spacing for embed plates.
24. Sheet S621
a. 7/S621: New detail
b. 8/S621: New detail
25. Sheet S623
a. 4/S623: Added thru -bolts near connection
26. Sheet S624
a. 3/S624: Revised plates and welds at connection to embed plate
27. Sheet S625
a. 5/S625: Revised timber girt size to 8x12
b. 7/S625: Added washer plates
c. 8/S625: Revised connection so that angle was above decking
28. Sheet S626
a. 5/S626: Added bearing pads to elevated timber off steel
b. 9/5626: Added plate dimension
D. MECHANICAL
1. Sheet M002
a. Revised GRD type D.
2. Sheet M102
a. Revised supply air penetrations to the third level and therefore the amount of
fire /smoke dampers shown.
3. Sheet M103
a. Revised the events space forced -air supply diffusers to reflect sill condition.
b. Added elevator hoistway ventilation.
4. Sheet M201
a. Added waste /vent isometric for the main level public restrooms group.
5. Sheet M202
a. Added waste /vent isometric for the individual restrooms group.
6. Sheet M203
a. Added waste /vent isometric for the third level public restrooms and catering
pantry groups.
7. Sheet M500
a. Added elevator hoistway ventilation controls schematic.
E. ELECTRICAL
1. Sheet E102
a. Removed fire /smoke power connections.
2. Sheet 103
a. Added power and fire alarm connection for elevator vent motorized damper
3. Sheet E400
a. Added notes to provide signage on electrical distribution equipment.
F. FIRE PROTECTION /FIRE ALARM
1. Sheet FA000
a. Revised sequence of operations.
2. Sheet FA102
a. Removed F/S dampers per mechanical revisions.
b. Added note regarding control relays.
3. Sheet FA103
a. Added smoke detector at top of elevator shaft. Added control relay note for
added elevator shaft smoke detector.
4. Sheet FP203
a. Flag note reference revision at existing standpipe valve locations.
Please contact me with any additional comments or questions.
Best Regards,
Tracy Hart LEED AP
Senior Associate
<cc: Tom Kassmel /Town of Vail
E. Randal Johnson /4240
21064.20/3.2
Attachment
B9ER
ENGINEERING
Ll- ,Ie,51m, Ili ,-,gli 2rtgrocei Ing
April 1], 2011
Mr. Martin Haeberle, Building Official
Town of Vail Building Department
5 South Frontage Road
Vail, Colorado 81657
Denver, Colorado 80204
Marc E. Espinosa
David B. Robinson, P.E.
Richard D. Matthies, P.E.
Stephen C. Rondlnelli, AIA
Robert M. "Mike" Cordero, P.E.
Re: B 11 -0017 395 East Lionshead — LIONSHEAD VISITOR WELCOME CENTER
This submittal is based on discussions on April 4, 2011 with the Town of Vail regarding the March 3,
2011 Building Department Comments. 4240 Architects has responded to all items in that document.
BCER was asked to provide some performance based language related to Building Review Comment #6
in the General Architectural Comments.
Building Department Review Comment — General Architectural Comments Item 96
Secondary members and connection are not fire protected per Table 6011BC. Revise all
applicable sheets. Example, steel rods and steel brackets for the wood columns and roof
assemblies.
The code analysis of the existing parking structure and addition of the Visitor Welcome Center has
always assumed the complex to be a single building. The building is classified as a Type IB construction
type. The Visitor Welcome Center was also assumed to be Type IB construction with the use of heavy
timber structural elements as defined and permitted by the IBC. When following the prescriptive
requirements for Type IB construction the secondary structural elements such as the steel rods and steel
connectors would be required to be provided with fire resistance or fire protection equal to the primary
structural elements. However, with heavy timber construction it is typical for metal connections to be
provided without any special fire protection applied to the metal surfaces.
IBC Table 601, permits the required 2 -hour structural frame to be reduced by I hour for structural frame
where supporting a roof only. Also the new portion of the building (Visitor Welcome Center) is protected
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with NFPA 13. The steel rods and
steel brackets connecting the heavy timber members in this portion of the building will not be protected
with spray -on or applied fire resistive protection.
The design team requested that the structural engineer of record conduct provide an analysis of the impact
of fire on the secondary elements. Martin and Martin (Structural Engineer of Record) performed a study
using their analytic model to determine structural performance when the steel tension rod was exposed at
various temperatures. This analysis evaluated temperature ranging from no fire to 1200 degrees. Martin
and Martin reviewed loads in tine heavy timber glulam top chords, load in the steel rod, deflection at the
ridge, and lateral load in the columns. Their results indicated that as the temperature rises, there is a
significant loss of stiffness in the system as the tie rod softens. However, the timber columns, in
combination with the softened tie rod, are sufficient to maintain overall stability. There is sufficient
reserve capacity in the heavy timber glulams to resist flexural loads resulting from load redistribution.
5420 WARD ROAD, SUITE 200. ARVADA. COLORADO 80002 -1838 • TELEPHONE' 303 - 422 -7400 • FAX: 303 -422 -7900
Martin and Martin also reviewed the capability of the 4" timber decking to span over a single truss that
either failed or experienced excessive softening. Based on strength alone (deflection was not considered),
the timber deck has more than adequate capacity to span across a "failed" truss at full design loading.
Our review was limited to truss performance with elevated temperature of the bottom chord, as well as
timber decking spanning capabilities. These conditions were evaluated full design loading. We have not
looked at other potential criteria, such as connection performance or charred timber performance. It is
important to note that some measure of conservatism is present due to the low probability of full design
loading occurring simultaneous to a fire. It appears that from this analysis that with temperatures up to
1200 degrees there might be a failure of the steel connections but not a failure of the heavy timber truss
and subsequent structural failure. It is important to remember that this portion of the building is protected
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system and exposure of the steel rods and connections to these
failure temperatures is highly unlikely.
BOER Engineering believes that based on the structural analysis above, the openness of the Welcome
Center, inherent fire resistance of heavy timber construction, minimal use of the steel secondary structural
elements /connectors, installation of an automatic sprinkler system throughout, a fire alarm system and
minimal combustible loading of the area that the application of spray -on fire protection on the secondary
members and steel connectors is not necessary in this application.
Prepared by:
BCER Engineering Inc.
jSteP1 n Rondinelli, AIA
al — Director of Fire Protection and Life Safety
0 ft f.&ftr4
4Q)",6%W;k#4TN00 tai t�
5420 WARD ROAD, SUITE 200, ARVADA, COLORADO 80002 -1838 • TELEPHONE: 303 - 422 -7400 • FAx: 303 -422 -7900
eCOMcheck Software Version
�(, Envelope Compliance Certificate
lizig
Section 1: Project Information
Project Type! Now Construction
Project Title: Lionshead Welcome Center
Construction Site: Owner/Agent:
Town of Vail
Section 2: General Information
Building Location (for weather data): Vail, Colorado
Climate Zone: 6b
Building Type for Envelope Requirements: Non-Residential
Vertical Glazing I Wall Area Pet.: 12%
Activity Type(s)
Transportation
Section 3: Requirements Checklist
i Envelope PASSES: Design 611,� 1,�etter than codo,
Climate-Specific Requirements:
Floor Area
10998
Designer/Contractor:
4240
Component Name/Description Gross Cavity Cont. Proposed Budget
Area or R-Value R-Value LI-Factor LI-Factoria)
Perimeter
Main Roof-, Insulation Entirely Above Deck
2200
60.0
0,016
0.048
Caterer's Roof: Other Roof (b)
539
—
0.016
0,027
Deck Roof: Other Roof (b)
800
0.033
0,027
Stairs Roof: Other Roof (b)
1213
--- —
0.033
0.027
Exterior Wall 1: Solid Concrete:8' Thickness, Normal Density ,
12945
17.6 10.0
0.053
0,080
Furring: Metal
Window 1: Metal Frame Curtain Wall/Storefront: Double Pane with
995
—
0.470
0,450
Low-E, Tinted, SHGC 0.30
Door 1: Glass (> 50% glazing):Metal Frame, Entrance Door, SHGC
332
OATO
0.800
0.30
Door 2: Insulated Metal, Swinging
147
---
0.500
0.700
Exterior Wall 2: Steel-Framed, 16" o.c.
2104
22,0 10.0
0.051
0,064
Window 2: Metal Frame Curtain Wall/Storefront: Double Pane with
439
— —
0.470
0.450
Low-E, Tinted, SHGC 0.30
Window 3: Metal Frame Curtain Wal liStorefront: Double Pane with
58
—
0.480
0,450
Low-E, Tinted, SHGC 0.30
Door 3: Insulated Metal, Swinging
63
---
0,500
0.700
Door 4: Insulated Metal, Non-Swinging
14
---
0.500
0.500
Floor 1: Slab-On-Grade: Unheated, Vertical 4 ft,
520
10,0
---
—
,a) Budget U-factors are used for software baseline calculations ONLY, and are not code requirements.
(b)'Other' components require supporting documentation for proposed U-factors.
Air Leakage, Component Certification, and Vapor Retarder Requirements:
1, All joints and penetrations are caulked, gasketed or covered with a moisture vapor-permeable wrapping material installed in accordance
L
with the manufacturer's installation instructions,
Project Title: Lionshead Welcome Center Report date: 04112i11
Data Rename: C:1Users\bmixon',Desktop14240 envelopenew.cck Page 1 of 2
0 2. Windows, doors, and skylights certified as meeting leakage requirements.
Cl
1 Component R- values; & U- factors labeled as certified.
4. No roof insulation is installed on a suspended ceiling with removable ceiling panels,
0 5. 'Other' components have supporting documentation for proposed U- Factors.
0 6. Insulation installed according to manufacturer's instructions, in substantial contact with the surface being insulated, and in a manner that
achieves the rated R -value without compressing the insulation.
7. Stair, elevator shaft vents, and other outdoor air intake and exhaust openings in the building envelope are equipped with motorized
dampers-
0 8. Cargo doors and loading dock doors are weather sealed.
0 9. Recessed lighting fixtures installed in the building envelope are Type IC rated as meeting ASTM E283, are sealed with gasket or caulk.
❑ 10. Building entrance doors have a vestibule equipped with closing devices.
Exceptions:
0 Building entrances with revolving doors.
U Doors that open directly from a space less than 3000 sq. ft. in area.
Section 4: Compliance Statement
Compliance Statement: The proposed envelope design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications
and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed envelope system has been designed to meet the 2009 IECC
requirements in COh1check Version 3.8.1 and to comply with the mandatory requirements in the Requirements Checklist.
-WlS ..
Name- �fittte
Project Title: Lionshead Welcome Center
Data filename; C:1Users1,bmixon\DesktoplA240 envelopenew.cck
Date
Report date: 04112/11
Page 2 of 2
Chmomey
�7
King,
CHIMNEY CROWNS'
To the Building Dept of Vail,
Regarding the Vail Transit Welcome Center,
If contracted, Chimney King could provide a UL Listed and labeled
chimney shroud that meets the current Int Building Codes (Mech,
Res, Fuel and Gqs, Fire) as well as NFPA 211 and NFPA 54.
The open top, mostly open sided cap depicted by 4240 Arhitecture
can surround both a Heatilator SL 300 chimney pipe capped with a
TS 345 Termination cap, and a Selkirk 12" ID Ht 103 chimney pipe.
** This installation will require a ventilated chase pan ( per UL and
Selkirk rules ) and a divider plate to separate the two caps from cross
ventilating with each other.
The mesh shown is acceptable, provided it Is 1/2 inch.
Our UL Listing # for this is MH 25027 and can be viewed at
www.UL.com.
Thank you,
Derek Lidstrom,
President Vu /
A Ck UAL LL4(,okI S
rcr
Chimne
QQ
Kiny
SSIf
v�' ��
Ci O
SOLID FUEL BURNING APPLIANCE ACCESSORY -
DECORATIVE TERMINATION CHIMNEY SHROUDS: OPEN TOP /PYRAMID
STYLE. MAILBOX STYLE, HOUSE /ROOFED STYLE SHROUD FOR USE WITH
b—
CHIMNEY CROWNS.
��
UL LISTED FACTORY -BUILT SL300, SL400 & SLI100 WOODBURNING
CHIMNEY & DVP, SL -D DIRECT VENT VENTING SYSTEMS. REFER TO THE
�
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS OF HEARTH & HOME TECHNOLOGIES &
57 NOLL STREET
WAUKEGAN, IL "M
MH25027
CHIMNEY KING FOR INSTALLATION SPECIFICS.
NO. AL- 516138 FOR: HEARTH do HOME TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Chunney
King•_
pSSIFj
SOLID FUEL BURNING APPLIANCE ACCESSORY-
DECORATIVE TERMINATION SHROUDS, MAILBOX STYLE SHROUD, HOUSE
STYLE SHROUD, PYRAMID STYLE SHROUD FOR USE WITH UL LISTED
CHIMNEY CROWN S
Us
SIMPSON DURA -VENT MODEL DURATECH FACTORY -BUILT CHIMNEY
L
SYSTEMS. REFER TO THE CHIMNEY SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S
57 NOLL STREET
WAUKEGAN, IL 60085
MH25027
INSTALLATION INSTRUCHONS FOR INSTALLATION SPECIFICS.
Na.AL- 477010 FOR: SIMPSON
P.O. Box 8 • Gurnee, IL 60031 • Phone: 847.244.8860 • Fax: 847.244.8694 • email: sales @chimneyking.com • www.chimneyking.com
B11-001P7
MARTIN /MARTIN
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
LIONSHEAD WELCOME CENTER
Vail, CO
STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS
MARTIN/MARTIN Project No. 21615.S.05
11 April 2011
rpp RE�'�,�T�
'GNAELc•o��..
yw•4
•x -no
19531 r*+•
•
11 April 2011
APR 1 ? 2011
TOWN OF VAIL
1 2499 WEST COLFAX • P.O. BOX 1 51 500 • LAKEWOOD, COLORADO 8021 5 • 303-431-61 00
-2)I1 -oOI11
SECTION 00 0110
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 TABLE OF CONTENTS
D iT—F. oV
APR 12 2011
I
A. The following overall Project Documents, each dated as follows, form a part of the basis
for the Contract Documents:
VOLUME 01 DIVISIONS 00 - 10
SECTION
TITLE
DATE
ISSUE
DIVISION 00 — INTRODUCTORY
INFORMATION, PROCUREMENT AND
CONTRACTING
02
REQUIREMENTS
Substitution Procedures
04 FEB 2011
02
01 2600
Cover Page
10 MAR 2011
06
000101
Project Title and General Information
04 FEB 2011
02
000107
Professional Seals
18 FEB 2011
03
000110
Table of Contents
10 MAR 2011
06
000115
List of Drawings
02 MAR 2011
04
002000
Instructions for Procurement
04 FEB 2011
02
003000
Available Information
04 FEB 2011
02
004100
Bid Forms
18 FEB 2011
03
005000
Contracting Forms
04 FEB 2011
02
007100
Contracting Definitions and Explanations
04 FEB 2011
02
007300
Supplemental Conditions
04 FEB 2011
02
009100
Contract Document Forms
18 FEB 2011
03
00 9113.01
Addendum 1
18 FEB 2011
03
00 9113.02
Addendum 2
02 MAR 2011
04
00 9113.03
Addendum 3
04 MAR 2011
05
00 9113.04
Addendum 4
10 MAR 2011
06
009300
Project Forms
04 FEB 2011
02
DIVISION 01 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 1000
Summary
18 FEB 2011
03
01 2300
Alternates
04 FEB 2011
02
01 2500
Substitution Procedures
04 FEB 2011
02
01 2600
Contract Modification Procedures
04 FEB 2011
02
01 2900
Payment Procedures
04 FEB 2011
02
01 3100
Project Management and Coordination
04 FEB 2011
02
01 3200
Construction Progress Documentation
04 FEB 2011
02
01 3300
Submittal Procedures
04 FEB 2011
02
01 4100
Regulatory Requirements
04 FEB 2011
02
01 4200
References
04 FEB 2011
02
01 4300
Quality Assurance
04 FEB 2011
02
01 4500
Quality Control
04 FEB 2011
02
01 5000
Temporary Facilities and Controls
04 FEB 2011
02
01 6000
Product Requirements
04 FEB 2011
02
016116
Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions
04 FEB 2011
02
01 7000
Execution and Closeout Requirements
04 FEB 2011
02
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 00-0110-1
Vail, Colorado
Table of Contents
10 March 2011
Addendum 4
DIVISION 02 — EXISTING CONDITIONS
023200
Geotechnical Investigations
04 FEB 2011
02
024100
Demolition
04 FEB 2011
02
DIVISION 03 — CONCRETE
Decorative Metal Railings
04 FEB 2011
031513
Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstops
02 MAR 2011
04
033000
Cast -in -Place Concrete
02 MAR 2011
04
033660
Integrally Colored Concrete
04 FEB 2011
02
034100
Precast Structural Concrete
04 FEB 2011
02
034500
Precast Architectural Concrete
04 FEB 2011
02
DIVISION 04
— MASONRY
Glue- Laminated Construction
04 FEB 2011
042000
Unit Masonry
04 FEB 2011
02
044200
Exterior Stone Cladding
04 FEB 2011
02
DIVISION 05 — METALS
055000
Metal Fabrications
04 FEB 2011
02
055305
Metal Gratings and Floor Plates
04 FEB 2011
02
057300
Decorative Metal Railings
04 FEB 2011
02
DIVISION 06
— WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES
04 FEB 2011
02
06 1000
Rough Carpentry
04 FEB 2011
02
06 1323
Heavy Timber Construction
04 FEB 2011
02
061500
Wood Decking
04 FEB 2011
02
061600
Sheathing
04 FEB 2011
02
061800
Glue- Laminated Construction
04 FEB 2011
02
062000
Finish Carpentry
04 FEB 2011
02
064100
Custom Casework
04 FEB 2011
02
064216
Wood- Veneer Paneling
04 FEB 2011
02
DIVISION 07 — THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 1113
Bituminous Dampproofing
04 FEB 2011
02
071400
Fluid Applied Water Proofing
04 FEB 2011
02
07 1800
Traffic Coatings
04 FEB 2011
02
072100
Thermal Insulation
04 FEB 2011
02
072129
Sprayed Insulation
04 FEB 2011
02
072500
Weather Barriers
02 MAR 2011
04
072600
Underslab Vapor Barrier
04 FEB 2011
02
074213
Metal Wall Panels
04 FEB 2011
02
074623
Wood Siding
04 FEB 2011
02
075300
Elastomeric Membrane Roofing
02 MAR 2011
-04
076100
Sheet Metal Roofing
02 MAR 2011
04
076200
Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
02 MAR 2011
04
076500
Flexible Flashing
04 FEB 2011
02
077100
Vegetated Roof System
04 FEB 2011
02
078100
Applied Fireproofing
04 FEB 2011
02
078400
Firestopping
04 FEB 2011
02
079005
Joint Sealers
02 MAR 2011
04
079500
Expansion Control
02 MAR 2011
04
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 00-0110-2 Table of Contents
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
DIVISION 08 — OPENINGS
Schedule for Finishes
18 FEB 2011
to
092116
Gypsum Board Assemblies
04 FEB 2011
08 1113
Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
04 FEB 2011
02
081433
Style and Rail Wood Doors
04 FEB 2011
02
083100
Access Doors and Panels
04 FEB 2011
02
083300
Coiling Doors and Grilles
18 FEB 2011
03
083516
Folding Grilles
18 FEB 2011
03
084229
Automatic Entrances
04 FEB 2011
02
084313
Aluminum- Framed Storefronts
04 FEB 2011
02
085113
Fire Rated Aluminum Windows
04 FEB 2011
02
087100
Door Hardware
10 MAR 2011
06
088000
Glazing
04 FEB 2011
02
088300
Mirrors
04 FEB 2011
02
089100
Louvers
04 FEB 2011
02
DIVISION 09 — FINISHES
090600
Schedule for Finishes
18 FEB 2011
03
092116
Gypsum Board Assemblies
04 FEB 2011
02
09240
(Deleted Addendum 2)
04 FEB 201T
02
093000
Tiling
04 FEB 2011
02
095100
Acoustical Ceiling
04 FEB 2011
02
096500
Resilient Flooring
04 FEB 2011
02
096566
Resilient Athletic Flooring
04 FEB 2011
02
096813
Tile Carpeting
04 FEB 2011
02
099000
Painting and Coating
04 FEB 2011
02
099300
Staining and Transparent Finishing
04 FEB 2011
02
099600
High- Performance Coatings
04 FEB 2011
02
099850
Sheet FRP Wall Panels
04 FEB 2011
02
- VOLUME 02
DIVISION 10 - 49
Cover Page 10 MAR 2011 05
-DIVISION 10 — SPECIALTIES
101400
Signage
04 FEB 2011
02
10 2113.13
Metal Toilet Compartments
18 FEB 2011
03
102601
Wall and Corner Guards
04 FEB 2011
02
102800
Toilet and Bath Accessories
04 FEB 2011
02
103100
Manufactured Fireplaces
04 FEB 2011
02
104400
Fire Protection Specialties
04 FEB 2011
02
DIVISON 11 —EQUIPMENT
Not Used
DIVISION 12 — FURNISHINGS
123600 Countertops 04 FEB 2011 02
124940 Roller Shades 04 FEB 2011 02
DIVISION 13 — SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
00 Not Used
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 00-0110-3 Table of Contents
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
DIVISION 14 — CONVEYING EQUIPMENT
142010 Passenger Elevators 18 FEB 2011 03
DIVISION 15 -20 — (RESERVED) (NOT USED)
DIVISION 21 — FIRE SUPPRESION
210300
Fire Protection
18 FEB 2011
03
DIVISION 22 —
PLUMBING
04 FEB 2011
02
220010
Plumbing General Provisions
04 FEB 2011
02
220050
Plumbing Basic Materials and Methods
04 FEB 2011
02
220700
Plumbing Insulation
02 MAR 2011
04
221116
Domestic Water Piping
04 FEB 2011
02
22 1119
Domestic Water Piping Specialties
04 FEB 2011
02
22 1316
Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
04 FEB 2011
02
22 1319
Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties
04 FEB 2011
02
221413
Facility Storm Drainage Piping
04 FEB 2011
02
221423
Storm Drainage Piping Specialties
04 FEB 2011
02
DIVISION 23 — HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR - CONDITIONING (HVAC)
230010
Mechanical General Provisions
04 FEB 2011
02
230050
Mechanical Basic Materials and Methods
04 FEB 2011
02
230593
Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
04 FEB 2011
02
230900
Instrumentation and Control for HVAV
04 FEB 2011
02
231123
Facility Natural -Gas Piping
04 FEB 2011
02
232113
Hydronic Piping
04 FEB 2011
02
232300
Refrigerant Piping
04 FEB 2011
02
233113
Metal Ducts
02 MAR 2011
04
233300
Air Duct Accessories
04 FEB 2011
02
233423
HVAC Power Ventilators
04 FEB 2011
02
233713
Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles
04 FEB 2011
02
235100
Breechings, Chimneys, and Stacks
04 FEB 2011
02
235216
Condensing Boilers
04 FEB 2011
02
236313
Air - Cooled Refrigerant Condensers
04 FEB 2011
02
238219
Fan Coil Units
04 FEB 2011
02
238239
Unit Heaters
04 FEB 2011
02
238316
Radiant - Heating Hydronic Piping
04 FEB 2011
02
DIVISION 24 — (RESERVED) (NOT USED)
DIVISION 25 — INTEGRATED AUTOMATION
Not Used
DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL
260010
Electrical General Provisions
04 FEB 2011 02
260519
Low - Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
04 FEB 2011 02
260526
Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
04 FEB 2011 02
260529
Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems
04 FEB 2011 02
260533
Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems
04 FEB 2011 02
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 00-0110-4
Table of Contents
Vail, Colorado
10 March 2011
Addendum 4
2
260923
262416
262726
262816
265100
265600
DIVISIO
Lighting Control Devices
Panelboards
Wiring Devices
Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers
Interior Lighting
Exterior Lighting
N 27 - COMMUNICATIONS
1►GRI=
DIVISION 28 — ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
283111 Digital Addressable Fire -Alarm System
DIVISION 29 -30 — (RESERVED) (NOT USED)
DIVISION 31 — EARTHWORK
312000 Earthwork
31 2500 Erosion and Sedimentation Control
DIVISION 32 — EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
04 FEB 2011
02
04 FEB 2011
02
04 FEB 2011
02
04 FEB 2011
02
04 FEB 2011
02
04 FEB 2011
02
18 FEB 2011 03
04 FEB 2011 02
04 FEB 2011 02
32 1123
Aggregate Base Course
04 FEB 2011
02
32 1200
Flexible Pavement
04 FEB 2011
02
32 1300
Rigid Pavement
04 FEB 2011
02
32 1301
Concrete Paving joints
04 FEB 2011
02
32 1302
Concrete Paving Curing
04 FEB 2011
02
32 1303
Cold Weather Concreting
04 FEB 2011
02
32 1304
Hot Weather Concreting
04 FEB 2011
02
321413
PC Interlocking Conc. Paver
04 FEB 2011
02
321414
Paver Edge
04 FEB 2011
02
328000
Irrigation
04 FEB 2011
02
329000
Landscape General Conditions
04 FEB 2011
02
329100
Planting Preparation
04 FEB 2011
02
329113
Topsoil
04 FEB 2011
02
329643
Tree Transplanting
04 FEB 2011
02
33 1100
Water Distribution
04 FEB 2011
02
333100
Sanitary Sewer System
04 FEB 2011
02
334000
Storm Drainage
04 FEB 2011
02
338100
Electric, Communication, Conduits, and Gas Systems
04 FEB 2011
02
(Shallow Utilities)
DIVISION 34 — TRANSPORTATION
Not Used
DIVISION 35 — WATERWAY AND MARINE CONSTRUCTION
Not Used
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 00-0110-5
Vail, Colorado
Table of Contents
10 March 2011
Addendum 4
DIVISION 36 -39 — (RESERVED) (NOT USED)
DIVISION 40 — PROCESS INTEGRATION
Not Used
DIVISION 41 — MATERIAL PROCESSING AND HANDLING EQUIPMENT
Not Used
DIVISION 42 — PROCESS HEATING, COOLING, AND DRYING EQUIPMENT
Not Used
DIVISION 43 — PROCESS GAS AND LIQUID HANDLING, PURIFICATION, AND STORAGE
EQUIPMENT
Not Used
DIVISION 44 — POLLUTION CONTROL
Not Used
DIVISION 45 — INDUSTRY - SPECIFIC MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT
Not Used
DIVISION 46 -47 — (RESERVED) (NOT USED)
DIVISION 48 — ELECTRICAL POWER GENERATION
Not Used
DIVISION 49 — (RESERVED) (NOT USED)
PART PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 00-0110-6 Table of Contents
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
SECTION 00 0115
LIST OF DRAWINGS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 LIST OF DRAWINGS
A. The following overall Project Documents, each dated as follows, form a part of the basis
for the Contract Documents:
SHEET SHEET TITLE ISSUE DATE
NUMBER
GENERAL
G000
COVER
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
G001
SHEET INDEX
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
G010
GENERAL INFORMATION
CD
04 FEB 2011
G100
CODE SUMMARY
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
G101
EGRESS AND OCCUPANT LOAD
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
G102
EGRESS AND OCCUPANT LOAD
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
G103
ELEVATION EXHIBITS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
G111
GARAGE CODE ANALYSIS — DURING CONSTRUCTION
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
G121
GARAGE CODE ANALYSIS — AFTER CONSTRUCTION
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
CIVIL
C001
OVERALL EXISTING CONDITIONS
CD
04 FEB 2011
It C002
OVERALL EXISTING CONDITIONS
CD
04 FEB 2011
C003
OVERALL EXISTING CONDITIONS
CD
04 FEB 2011
C010
SITE PLAN
CD
04 FEB 2011
C011
LEVEL 1 DEMOLITION PLAN
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
C012
LEVEL 1 GRADING PLAN
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
C013
LEVEL 2 GRADING PLAN
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
C014
LEVEL 3 GRADING PLAN
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
C015
LEVEL 1 DRAINAGE PLAN
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
C016
UTILITY PLAN
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
C017
DETAILS
ADD. 4
10 MAR 2011
C018
DETAILS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
C019
SUBDRAIN, JOINTING & DETAILS
ADD, 2
02 MAR 2011
CO20
RESTRIPING PLAN
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
CO21
HANDSCAPE PENETRATION PLAN
CD
04 FEB 2011
LANDSCAPE
L100
SITE LAYOUT & LIGHTING PLAN
ADD.
1
18 FEB 2011
L101
TREE PRESERVATION PLAN
ADD.
1
18 FEB 2011
L102
LANDSCAPE PLAN
ADD.
1
18 FEB 2011
L103
IRRIGATION LAYOUT PLAN
ADD.
2
02 MAR 2011
L200
SITE DETAILS
ADD.
2
02 MAR 2011
L201
STAIRWAY PLANTER & GREEN ROOF DETAILS
ADD.
1
18 FEB 2011
L202
LANDSCAPE DETAILS
ADD.
1
18 FEB 2011
L203
IRRIGATION DETAILS
ADD.
1
18 FEB 2011
ARCHITECTURAL
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 00-0115-1
Vail, Colorado
List of Drawings
10 March 2011
B.D. RESPONSES
A030
GRID LAYOUT
BD.R
ADD. 1
11 APRIL 2011
E
18 FEB
4100
A101
SITE PL A;u
BUILDING FLOOR PLAN
BD.R
,
11 APRIL 2011
A102
BUILDING FLOOR PLAN
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
Al 03
BUILDING FLOOR PLAN
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A104
BUILDING ROOF PLAN
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A121A
ENLARGED BUILDING FLOOR PLAN - WEST
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A121 B
ENLARGED BUILDING FLOOR PLAN - EAST
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
Al 22A
ENLARGED BUILDING FLOOR PLAN - WEST
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
Al 22B
ENLARGED BUILDING FLOOR PLAN - EAST
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
Al 23A
ENLARGED BUILDING FLOOR PLAN - WEST
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
Al 23B
ENLARGED BUILDING FLOOR PLAN - EAST
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A124A
ENLARGED BUILDING ROOF PLAN -WEST
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
Al 24B
ENLARGED BUILDING ROOF PLAN - EAST
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A151
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 01
ADD, 1
18 FEB 2011
A152
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 02
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
Al 53
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 03
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A200
BUILDING ELEVATIONS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A201
BUILDING ELEVATIONS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A250
BUILDING SECTIONS
CD
04 FEB 2011
A251
BUILDING SECTIONS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A350
ENLARGED ELEVATION, SECTION & PLANS
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A351
ENLARGED ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS & PLANS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A352
ENLARGED ELEVATION, SECTION & PLANS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A353
ENLARGED SECTION, ELEVATION & PLANS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A354
ENLARGED ELEVATION, SECTION & PLANS
CD
04 FEB 2011
A355
ENLARGED ELEVATION, SECTION & PLAN
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A356
ENLARGED ELEVATION & SECTION
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A357
ENLARGED SECTIONS & PLANS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A358
ENLARGED ELEVATION, SECTION & PLANS
CD
04 FEB 2011
A359
ENLARGED ELEVATION, SECTION & PLANS
CD
04 FEB 2011
A360
ENLARGED ELEVATION, SECTION & PLANS
CD
04 FEB 2011
A361
ENLARGED ELEVATION, SECTION & PLAN
CD
04 FEB 2011
A362
ENLARGED ELEVATION, SECTIONS & PLANS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A363
ENLARGED ELEVATION, SECTION & PLANS
CD
04 FEB 2011
A364
ENLARGED ELEVATION, SECTION & PLAN
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A365
ENLARGED ELEVATION
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A366
ENLARGED SECTION & PLANS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A367
ENLARGED SECTION & PLANS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A368
ENLARGED ELEVATION & SECTIONS
CD
04 FEB 2011
A369
ENLARGED ELEVATION, SECTION & PLANS
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A370
ENLARGED ELEVATION & SECTION
CD
04 FEB 2011
A371
ENLARGED ELEVATIONS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A372
ENLARGED SECTION & PLAN
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A373
ENLARGED SECTION & PLANS
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A374
ENLARGED SECTION - ELEVATION
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A375
ENLARGED SECTION
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A380
ENLARGED ELEVATION SECTION & PLANS
CD
04 FEB 2011
A381
ENLARGED ELEVATION SECTION & PLANS
CD
04 FEB 2011
A500
PARTITION TYPES
CD
04 FEB 2011
A510
STOREFRONT TYPES
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A520
DOOR TYPES & SCHEDULES
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A521
INTERIOR DOOR & FRAME TYPES
CD
04 FEB 2011
A601
EXTERIOR DETAILS - SECTION
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A602
EXTERIOR DETAILS - SECTION
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 00-0115-2 List of Drawings
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
B.D. RESPONSES
A603
EXTERIOR DETAILS - SECTION
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A605
EXTERIOR DETAILS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A606
EXTERIOR DETAILS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A610
EXTERIOR DETAILS - PLAN
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A611
EXTERIOR DETAILS - PLAN
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A612
EXTERIOR DETAILS - PLAN
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A620
ROOF DETAILS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A621
ROOF DETAILS
ADD, 2
02 MAR 2011
A622
ROOF DETAILS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A700
STAIR 01 - PLAN, SECTION & ELEVATION
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A701
STAIR - PLAN, SECTION & ELEVATION
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A702
STAIR - PLAN, SECTION & ELEVATION
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A710
ELEVATOR 01 & 02 - PLANS & SECTIONS
CD
04 FEB 2011
A720
STAIR DETAILS
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A730
FIREPLACE PLAN, SECTION & ELEVATION
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A800
MATERIALS LIST
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A801
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A802
FINISHES PLAN - LEVEL 01
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A803
FINISHES PLAN - LEVEL 02
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A804
FINISHES PLAN - LEVEL 03
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A810
ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A811
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
CD
04 FEB 2011
A812
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A813
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A814
ENLARGED ELEVATIONS AND FLOOR PLANS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A815
ENLARGED ELEVATIONS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A816
ENLARGED ELEVATIONS AND FLOOR PLANS
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A817
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A820
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A821
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A822
ENLARGED ELEVATIONS AND FLOOR PLANS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A830
ENLARGED ELEVATIONS AND FLOOR PLANS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A831
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
A832
ENLARGED ELEVATIONS AND FLOOR PLANS
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A833
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A841
INTERIOR DETAILS
CD
04 FEB 2011
A842
INTERIOR FINISH TILE PATTERNS
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A843
TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
A844
MOVEABLE CART PLAN, ELEVATIONS & SECTIONS
CD
04 FEB 2011
A845
INFO CENTER ALCOVE SECTIONS
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A846
LEVEL 2 FLOOR FINISH PATTERNS
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A847
LEVEL 2 FLOOR FINISH PATTERNS
ADD, 1
18 FEB 2011
A848
LEVEL 2 FLOOR FINISH PATTERNS
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A851
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 01 WEST
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A851 B
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 01 - EAST
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A852A
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 02 - WEST
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A852B
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 02 - EAST
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A853A
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 03 - WEST
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A853B
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - LEVEL 03 - EAST
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
A860
INTERIOR PLAN DETAILS
CD
04 FEB 2011
A865
INTERIOR CASEWORK DETAILS
CD
04 FEB 2011
A870
INTERIOR CEILING DETAILS
CD
04 FEB 2011
A871
INTERIOR CEILING DETAILS
CD
04 FEB 2011
STRUCTURAL
S001
GENERAL NOTES & ABBREVIATIONS
CD
04 FEB 2011
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 00-0115-3
List of Drawings
Vail, Colorado
10 March 2011
B.D. RESPONSES
S002
GENERAL NOTES
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S003
MATERIAL NOTES
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S004
LOADING PLANS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S005
TESTING & INSPECTIONS
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
S101
FOUNDATION PLAN
ADD, 2
02 MAR 2011
S102
LEVEL 2 FRAMING PLAN
CD
04 FEB 2011
S103
LEVEL 3 FRAMING PLAN
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S104
ROOF FRAMING PLAN
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S110
LOW /HIGH ROOF PLANS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S121A
FOUNDATION PLAN (AREA A)
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S121 B
FOUNDATION PLAN (AREA B)
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S122A
LEVEL 2 FRAMING PLAN (AREA A)
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S122B
LEVEL 2 FRAMING PLAN (AREA B)
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S123A
LEVEL 3 FRAMING PLAN (AREA A)
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S123B
LEVEL 3 FRAMING PLAN (AREA B)
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S200
STAIR DEMOLITION
CD
04 FEB 2011
S300
TYP CONCRETE DETAILS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S301
TYP FOOTING DETAILS
CD
04 FEB 2011
S302
TYP FOUNDATION WALL DETAILS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S303
TYP SLAB ON GRADE DETAILS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S304
FOUNDATION DETAILS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S305
FOUNDATION DETAILS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S306
FOUNDATION DETAILS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S307
FOUNDATION DETAILS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S319
TYP SITE WALL DETAILS
ADD. 4
10 MAR 2011
S340
TYP PRECAST COLUMN & WALL DETAILS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S341
TYP PRECAST FLOOR DETAILS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S342
PRECAST FLOOR DETAILS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S343
PRECAST DETAILS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S344
PRECAST DETAILS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S345
PRECAST DETAILS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S346
PRECAST DETAILS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S350
GARAGE DETAILS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S351
GARAGE REINFORCING
CD
04 FEB 2011
S352
GARAGE REINFORCING
CD
04 FEB 2011
S380
PRECAST WALL ELEVATIONS (EAST)
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S381
PRECAST WALL ELEVATIONS (NORTH)
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S382
PRECAST WALL ELEVATIONS (WEST)
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S383
PRECAST WALL ELEVATIONS (WEST)
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S384
PRECAST WALL ELEVATIONS (STAIRS)
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S400
TYP MASONRY DETAILS
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
S401
MASONRY DETAILS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S540
TYP LT -GA FRAMING DETAILS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S541
TYP LT -GA FRAMING DETAILS
CD
04 FEB 2011
S600
TRUSS PROFILES
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S601
TRUSS PROFILES
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S602
TRUSS PROFILES
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S603
TRUSS PROFILES
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S610
TRUSS DETAILS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S611
TRUSS DETAILS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S620
TYP TIMBER DETAILS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S621
TYP TIMBER DETAILS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S622
TYP TIMBER DETAILS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
S623
TIMBER DETAILS - ELEVATOR FEATURE
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S624
TIMBER DETAILS - ENTRANCE CANOPY
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
S625
TIMBER DETAILS - ENTRANCE VESTIBULE
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 00-0115-4 List of Drawings
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
B.D. RESPONSES
S626 TIMBER DETAILS - TREE
MECHANICAL
BD.R 11 APRIL 2011
M000
MECHANICAL COVER SHEET
CD
04 FEB 2011
M001
MECHANICAL SCHEDULES
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
M002
MECHANICAL SCHEDULES
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
M100
MECHANICAL SITE PLAN
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
M101
HVAC LEVEL 01 PLAN
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
M102
HVAC LEVEL 02 PLAN
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
M103
HVAC LEVEL 03 PLAN
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
M201
PLUMBING LEVEL 01 PLAN
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
M202
PLUMBING LEVEL 02 PLAN
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
M203
PLUMBING LEVEL 03 PLAN
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
M300
SNOWMELT SYTEM SITE PLAN
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
M301
SNOWMELT SYSTEM MECH. ROOM FLOOR PLANS
CD
04 FEB 2011
M302
SNOWMELT BOILER PIPING DIAGRAM
CD
04 FEB 2011
M400
MECHANICAL DIAGRAMS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
M401
MECHANICAL DIAGRAMS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
M500
MECHANICAL CONTROLS
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
M501
MECHANICAL CONTROLS
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
ELECTRICAL
E000
ELECTRICAL COVER SHEET
CD
04 FEB 2011
E001
ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN
CD
04 FEB 2011
E101
POWER LEVEL 01 PLAN
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
E102
POWER LEVEL 02 PLAN
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
to E103
POWER LEVEL 03 PLAN
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
E104
ELECTRICAL ROOF PLAN
ADD. 2
02 MAR 2011
E201
LIGHTING LEVEL 01 PLAN
CD
04 FEB 2011
E202
LIGHTING LEVEL 02 PLAN
CD
04 FEB 2011
E203
LIGHTING LEVEL 03 PLAN
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
E301
EXISTING FRTB ELECTRICAL BASEMENT PLAN
CD
04 FEB 2011
E400
ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE DIAGRAM
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
E401
ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
E500
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS
CD
04 FEB 2011
E600
SPECIAL SYSTEMS DIAGRAMS
CD
04 FEB 2011
FIRE PROTECTION
FA000
FIRE ALARM COVER SHEET
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
FA101
FIRE ALARM LEVEL 01 PLAN
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
FA102
FIRE ALARM LEVEL 02 PLAN
ADD. 1
18 FEB 2011
FA103
FIRE ALARM LEVEL 03 PLAN
CD
04 FEB 2011
FP000
FIRE PROTECTION COVER SHEET
CD
04 FEB 2011
FP101
FIRE PROTECTION LEVEL 01 PLAN
CD
04 FEB 2011
FP102
FIRE PROTECTION LEVEL 02 PLAN
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
FP103
FIRE PROTECTION LEVEL 03 PLAN
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
FP201
FIRE PROTECTION LEVEL 01 PLAN
CD
04 FEB 2011
FP202
FIRE PROTECTION LEVEL 02 PLAN
CD
04 FEB 2011
FP203
FIRE PROTECTION LEVEL 03 PLAN
BD.R
11 APRIL 2011
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 00-0115-5 List of Drawings
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
B.D. RESPONSES
PART2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
F1
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 00-0115-6 List of Drawings
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
B.D. RESPONSES
•
SECTION 07 2500
WEATHER BARRIERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Water- Resistive Barrier: Under exterior wall cladding, over sheathing or other substrate; not air
tight or vapor retardant.
B. Air Barriers: Materials that form a system to stop passage of air through exterior walls, joints
between exterior walls and roof, and joints around frames of openings in exterior walls.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 03 3000 - Cast -In -Place Concrete: Vapor retarder under concrete slabs on grade.
B. Section 04 2000 - Unit Masonry: Air barrier over concrete masonry wall.
C. Section 04 4200 - Exterior Stone Cladding: Air barrier under exterior cladding.
D. Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers: Sealant materials and installation techniques.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Weather Barrier: Assemblies that form either water - resistive barriers, air barriers, or vapor
retarders.
B. Air Barrier: Air tight barrier made of material that is relatively air impermeable but water vapor
permeable, both to the degree specified, with sealed seams and with sealed joints to adjacent
surfaces. Note: For the purposes of this specification, vapor impermeable air barriers are
classified as vapor retarders.
C. Water- Resistive Barrier: Water- shedding barrier made of material that is moisture - resistant, to
the degree specified, intended to be installed to shed water without sealed seams.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM D 1970 - Standard Specification for Self- Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet
Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection; 2009.
B. ASTM E 96/E 96M - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2005.
C. ASTM E 2178 - Standard Test Method for Air Permeance of Building Materials; 2003.
D. ]CC-ES AC38 - Acceptance Criteria for Water- Resistive Barriers; ICC Evaluation Service, Inc.;
2009.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3300 - Submittal Procedures, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data on material characteristics, performance criteria, and limitations.
C. Shop Drawings: Provide drawings of special joint conditions.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate preparation, installation methods, and storage
and handling criteria.
1.06 MOCK -UP
A. Install air barrier materials in mock -up specified in Section 04 4200 - Exterior Stone Cladding.
1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS
Lionshead Transit Center 072500-1
Vail, Colorado
WEATHER BARRIERS
02 March 2011
Addendum 2
A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the materials manufacturers before, during
and after installation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 WEATHER BARRIER ASSEMBLIES
A. Water- Resistive Barrier: Provide in sloped roof construction.
1. Use building paper unless otherwise indicated.
B. Roofing Sub - Underlayment: Provide in sloped roof construction.
1. Over plywood sheathing above toungue & groove decking.
C. Roofing Underlayment: Provide in sloped roof construction.
1. Over plywood sheathing above ventilation cavity at roofs.
D. Air Barrier:
1. On outside surface of single wythe masonry, concrete and gypsum- sheathed, metal -
framed exterior walls use air barrier coating.
2.02 WATER- RESISTIVE BARRIER MATERIALS (NEITHER AIR BARRIER NOR VAPOR
RETARDER)
A. Building Paper: Asphalt- saturated kraft building paper complying with requirements of ICC -ES
AC38 Grade D.
B. Roofing Sub - Underlayment: Cold applied, self- adhering membrane composed of rubberized
asphalt adhesive backed by a layer of high density cross laminated polyethylene.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Grace Construction Products; Grace Ice and Water Shield:
www.na.graceconstruction.com.
b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
C. Roofing Underlayment: Cold applied, self- adhering membrane composed of polyethylene film
and butyl rubber adhesive.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Grace Construction Products; Grace Ultra: www.na.graceconstruction.com.
b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
2.03 AIR BARRIER MATERIALS (WATER VAPOR PERMEABLE AND WATER - RESISTIVE)
A. Air Barrier Coating: Cold- fluid - applied, vapor permeable, elastomeric waterproofing membrane.
1. Dry Film Thickness: 10 mils (0.010 inch) (0.25 mm), minimum.
2. Air Permeance: 0.004 cubic feet per square foot (0.02 liters per second per square meter),
maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 2178.
3. Water Vapor Permeance: 10 perms (574 ng /(Pa s sq m)), minimum, when tested in
accordance with ASTM E96 /E 96M.
4. Products:
a. Grace Construction Products; Perm -A- Barrier VP: www.na.graceconstruction.com.
b. Henry Company; Air -Bloc 31: www.henry.com.
c. Tremco Global Sealants; ExoAir 220R: www.tremcosealants.com.
d. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
2.04 SEALANTS
A. Sealant Type: As recommended by weather barrier manufacturer, appropriate to application.
See Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers.
B. Sealant Backers: As specified in Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers.
Lionshead Transit Center 072500-2 WEATHER BARRIERS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum 2
09
C. Primers, Cleaners, and Other Sealant Materials: As recommended by sealant manufacturer,
appropriate to application, and compatible with adjacent materials.
2.05 ACCESSORIES
A. Self- Adhesive Sheet Flashing: ASTM D 1970.
B. Thinners and Cleaners: As recommended by material manufacturer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that surfaces and conditions are ready to accept the work of this section.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Remove projections, protruding fasteners, and loose or foreign matter that might interfere with
proper installation.
B. Clean and prime substrate surfaces to receive adhesives in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Water- Resistive Barriers: Install continuous barrier over surfaces indicated, with sheets lapped
to shed water but with seams not sealed.
. C. Air Barriers: Install continuous air tight barrier over surfaces indicated, with sealed seams and
with sealed joints to adjacent surfaces.
D. Apply sealants and adhesives within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult
manufacturer if temperature is out of this range.
E. Mechanically Fastened Sheets - On Exterior:
1. Install sheets shingle- fashion to shed water, with seams generally horizontal.
2. Overlap seams as recommended by manufacturer but at least 6 inches.
3. Overlap at outside and inside corners as recommended by manufacturer but at least 12
inches (305 mm).
4. Install water - resistive barrier over jamb flashings.
5. Install air barrier UNDER jamb flashings.
6. Install head flashings under weather barrier.
7. At openings to be filled with frames having nailing flanges, wrap excess sheet into opening;
at head, seal sheet over flange and flashing.
F. Coatings:
1. Prepare substrate in manner recommended by coating manufacturer; treat joints in
substrate and between dissimilar materials as recommended by manufacturer.
2. Use flashing to seal to adjacent construction and to bridge joints.
3. Sprayed Coating: Install to thickness recommended by manufacturer.
4. Use self- adhesive sheet flashing to seal to adjacent construction and to bridge joints.
G. Openings and Penetrations in Exterior Weather Barriers:
1. Install flashing over sills, covering entire sill frame member, extending at least 5 inches
(125 mm) onto weather barrier and at least 6 inches (150 mm) up jambs; mechanically
fasten stretched edges.
OF Lionshead Transit Center 072500-3 WEATHER BARRIERS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum 2
2. At openings to be filled with frames having nailing flanges, seal head and jamb flanges
using a continuous bead of sealant compressed by flange and cover flanges with at least 4
inches (100 mm) wide; do not seal sill flange.
3. At openings to be filled with non - flanged frames, seal weather barrier to all sides of
opening framing, using flashing at least 9 inches (230 mm) wide, covering entire depth of
framing.
4. At head of openings, install flashing under weather barrier extending at least 2 inches (50
mm) beyond face of jambs; seal weather barrier to flashing.
5. At interior face of openings, seal gap between window /door frame and rough framing,
using joint sealant over backer rod.
6. Service and Other Penetrations: Form flashing around penetrating item and seal to
weather barrier surface.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Do not leave materials exposed to weather longer than recommended by manufacturer.
B. Do not leave paper- or felt -based barriers exposed to weather for longer than one week.
END OF SECTION
K
Lionshead Transit Center 072500-4 WEATHER BARRIERS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum 2
SECTION 07 5300
ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Elastomeric roofing membrane, adhered conventional application.
B. Deck sheathing.
C. Flashings.
D. Roofing cant strips and stack boots.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Wood nailers and curbs.
B. Section 07 6200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Flashing and counterflashing.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM D 412 - Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers -
Tension; 2006a.
B. ASTM D 570 - Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics; 1998 (Reapproved
2005).
C. ASTM D 624 - Standard Test Method for Tear Strength of Conventional Vulcanized Rubber and
Thermoplastic Elastomers; 2000 (Reapproved 2007).
D. ASTM D 746 - Standard Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by
Impact; 2007.
E. ASTM D 4637 - Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet Used in Single -Ply Roof Membrane;
2008.
F. NRCA ML104 - The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual; National Roofing Contractors
Association; Fifth Edition, with interim updates.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordinate with installation of associated counterflashings installed under other sections.
B. Pre - installation Meeting: Convene a preinstallation meeting one week before starting work of
this section; require attendance by all affected installers; review preparation and installation
procedures and coordination and scheduling necessary for related work.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3300 - Submittal Procedures, for submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide data indicating membrane materials, insulation and fasteners.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate membrane seaming precautions and perimeter
conditions requiring special attention.
D. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Town of
Vail's name and registered with manufacturer.
Lionshead Transit Center
Vail, Colorado
075300-1 ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING
02 March 2011
Addendum 2
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work in accordance with NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual and manufacturer's
instructions.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in
this section with minimum three years of experience.
C. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with
minimum three years experience.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products in manufacturer's original containers, dry, undamaged, with seals and labels
intact.
B. Store products in weather protected environment, clear of ground and moisture.
C. Protect foam insulation from direct exposure to sunlight.
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not apply roofing membrane during unsuitable weather.
B. Do not apply roofing membrane when ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F (5 degFees
C. Do not apply roofing membrane to damp or frozen deck surface or when precipitation is
expected or occurring.
D. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than can be
weatherproofed the same day.
1.09 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements, for additional warranty
requirements.
B. Correct defective Work within a one year period after Date of Substantial Completion.
C. Provide ten (10) year manufacturer's material and labor warranty to cover failure to prevent
penetration of water.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. EPDM Membrane Materials:
1. Firestone Building Products Co: EcoWhite Platinum; www.firestonebpco.com.
2. Carlisle SynTec: Sure -Seal. www.carlisle - syntec.com.
3. GenFlex Roofing Systems: www.genflex.com.
4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
B. Insulation:
1. See Section 07 2100 -Thermal Insulation.
2.02 ROOFING MEMBRANE AND ASSOCIATED MATERIALS
A. Membrane: Ethylene - propylene - diene - terpolymer (EPDM); externally reinforced with fabric;
complying with minimum properties of ASTM D 4637.
1. Thickness: 0.090 inch (2.3 mm).
2. Sheet Width: 120 inch (3000 mm), minimum; factory- fabricate into largest sheets possible.
Lionshead Transit Center 075300-2 ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum 2
S3. Solar Reflectance: 0.80, minimum, initial, and 0.64, minimum, 3 -year, certified by Cool
Roof Rating Council.
4. Thermal Emittance: 0.84, minimum, initial, and 0.87, minimum, 3 -year, certified by Cool
Roof Rating Council.
5. Color: White, typical at flat roof applications; Black, at integral roof gutters.
6. Tensile Strength: 361 psi (9.4 MPa), measured in accordance with ASTM D 412.
7. Ultimate Elongation: 350 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D412.
8. Tear Strength: 198 Ibf /in (34.6 kN /m), measured in accordance with ASTM D 624.
9. Water Absorption: 2.4 percent increase in weight, maximum, measured in accordance with
ASTM D 570, 24 hour immersion.
10. Brittleness Temperature: -69 deg F. ( -56 deg C), measured in accordance with ASTM D
746.
B. Seaming Materials: As recommended by membrane manufacturer.
C. Colored Finish Coating: Neoprene /hypalon, with aluminum powder concentrate; finish coat of
color as selected by 4240 Architecture, Inc; at integral roof gutters.
D. Flexible Flashing Material: Same material as membrane; conforming to the following:
1. Thickness: 90 mil (2.3 mm).
2. Tensile Strength: 1,200 psi (8.3 MPa).
3. Elasticity: 50 percent with full recovery without set.
4. Color: to match membrane.
2.03 DECK SHEATHING
A. See Section 03 3000 - Cast -in -Place Concrete.
B. See Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry.
to 2.04 INSULATION
A. See Section 07 2100- Thermal Insulation.
2.05 ACCESSORIES
A. Stack Boots: Prefabricated flexible boot and collar for pipe stacks through membrane; same
material as membrane.
B. Cant Strips: Wood, pressure preservative treated; as specified in Section 06 1000 - Rough
Carpentry.
C. Insulation Joint Tape: Glass fiber reinforced type as recommended by insulation manufacturer,
compatible with roofing materials; 6 inches (150 mm) wide; self adhering.
D. Membrane Adhesive: As recommended by membrane manufacturer.
E. Thinners and Cleaners: As recommended by adhesive manufacturer, compatible with
membrane.
F. Sealants: As recommended by membrane manufacturer.
G. Primer for Metal Pan Flashing: As recommended by membrane manufacturer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive work
B. Verify deck is supported and secure.
C. Verify deck is clean and smooth, flat, free of depressions, waves, or projections, properly sloped
and suitable for installation of roof system.
Lionshead Transit Center 075300-3 ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum 2
D. Verify deck surfaces are dry and free of snow or ice.
E. Verify that roof openings, curbs, and penetrations through roof are solidly set, and cant strips
are in place.
3.02 WOOD DECK PREPARATION
A. Verify flatness and tightness of joints of wood decking. Fill knot holes with latex filler.
B. Confirm dry deck by moisture meter with 12 percent moisture maximum.
3.03 CONCRETE DECK PREPARATION
A. Verify adjacent precast concrete roof members do not vary more than 1/4 inch (6 mm) in height.
Verify grout keys are filled flush.
B. Fill surface honeycomb and variations with latex filler.
C. Confirm dry deck by moisture meter with 12 percent moisture maximum.
3.04 MEMBRANE APPLICATION
A. Roll out membrane, free from wrinkles or tears. Place sheet into place without stretching.
B. Shingle joints on sloped substrate in direction of drainage.
C. Overlap edges and ends and seal seams by contact adhesive, minimum 3 inches (75 mm).
Seal permanently waterproof. Apply uniform bead of sealant to joint edge.
D. At intersections with vertical surfaces:
1. Extend membrane over cant strips and up a minimum of 36 inches (900 mm) onto vertical
surfaces and as indicated on Drawings.
2. Fully adhere flexible flashing over membrane and up to nailing strips.
3. Secure flashing to nailing strips at 4 inches (100 mm) on center.
E. Around roof penetrations, seal flanges and flashings with flexible flashing.
F. Coordinate installation of roof penetrations and related flashings.
G. Allow membrane to relax a minimum of 30 minutes prior to installation.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field quality control
and inspection.
B. Require site attendance of roofing and insulation material manufacturers daily during installation
of the Work.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Remove bituminous markings from finished surfaces.
B. In areas where finished surfaces are soiled by work of this section, consult manufacturer of
surfaces for cleaning advice and conform to their documented instructions.
C. Repair or replace defaced or damaged finishes caused by work of this section.
3.07 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed roofing and flashings from construction operations.
B. Where traffic must continue over finished roof membrane, protect surfaces using durable
materials.
END OF SECTION
Lionshead Transit Center 075300-4 ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE ROOFING
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum 2
0 SECTION 07 6100
SHEET METAL ROOFING
PART 1
GENERAL
1.01 SECTION
INCLUDES
A.
Sheet metal roofing, fabricated as 'shingle', with associated flashings and accessories.
B.
Counterflashings.
C.
Snow guaF fences.
1.02 RELATED
REQUIREMENTS
A.
Section 06 1000- Rough Carpentry: Dimensional lumber and sheathing as part of roof
assembly.
B.
Section 06 1323 - Heavy Timber: As part of roof decking assembly.
C.
Section 07 2100 - Thermal Insulation: Rigid insulation as part of roof assembly.
D.
Section 07 5300 - Elastometic Membrane Roofing: EPDM roofing at integral gutter.
E.
Section 07 6200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Gutters and Downspouts.
F.
Section 07 9500 - Joint Sealers.
1.03 REFERENCE
STANDARDS
A.
ASTM A 653/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) or
B.
Zinc -Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2009a.
ASTM B 32 Standard Specification for Solder Metal; 2008.
-
C.
ASTM D 4586 - Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos -Free; 2007.
D.
SMACNA (ASMM) - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning
Contractors' National Association; 2003.
E.
NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Assocoation- Roofing Manual.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE
REQUIREMENTS
A.
Preinstallation Meeting: See Section 01 3100 - Project Management and Coordination, for
meeting requirements.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A.
See Section 01 3300 - Submittal Procedures, for submittal procedures.
B.
Shop Drawings: Indicate material profile, jointing pattern, jointing details, fastening methods,
flashings, terminations, and installation details.
1. Include Design Engineer's stamp on shop drawings for snow guarel fence anchors and
supports.
C.
Product Data: Provide data on metal types, finishes, and characteristics.
D.
Design Data: Submit structural calculations stamped by Design Engineer for snow gnaxel fence
anchors and supports.
E.
Submit two samples 16 inch x 16 inch (400 mm x 400 mm) in size, mounted on plywood
backing, illustrating typical seam and finish.
F.
Submit two samples 16 x 16 inch (400 x 400 mm) in size illustrating metal finish color.
IL
Lionshead
Transit Center 076100-1 SHEET METAL ROOFING
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum 2
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Design snow guard fence anchors and supports under direct supervision of a Professional
Structural Engineer registered in the State of Colorado.
B. Perform work as detailed in drawings and SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual
requirements, except as otherwise indicated.
1. Maintain one copy on project site.
C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing sheet metal roof installations with
minimum five years of experience.
1.07 MOCK -UP
A. Construct mock -up of sheet metal roofing, 10 feet (3 m) minimum long by 10 feet (3 m) wide,
illustrating associated attachments.
B. Locate where directed by Architect.
C. Approved mock -up may remain as part of the Work.
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack material to prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and to provide ventilation. Slope metal
sheets to ensure drainage.
B. Prevent contact with materials that could cause discoloration or staining.
1.09 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements, for additional warranty
requirements.
B. Correct defective Work within a two (2) year period after Date of Substantial Completion.
Defective work includes failure of watertightness or seals.
C. Provide twenty year manufacturer warranty against cracking, peeling and fading.
1.10 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. Provide Class B roof or higher as required by the IBC and the Town of Vail.
B. Conform to wind uplift resistance specified in Structural Drawings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Basis of Design:
1. U. S. Metals: US -Flat -Lock Roofing System; www.usmetalsonline.com.
2.02 SHEET MATERIALS
A. Pre - Finished Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, with G90/Z275 zinc coating; 22
gage (0.7 mm) core steel.
B. Factory Finish: Full strength Kynar 500 PVDF resin -based coating, applied by manufacturer on
a continuous coil coating line, with top side dry film thickness of 0.80 to 0.90 mil over 0.20 to
0.30 mil prime coat, providing a total top side dry film thickness of 1.1 mil, plus or minus 0.1 mil.
Reverse side shall be coated with primer and wash coat of 0.30 mil, plus or minus 0.05 mil.
1. Color as indicated on drawings.
C. Strippable Film: Applied to top side of painted coil to protect finish during fabrication, shipping
and field handling. Strippable film shall be removed immediately before installation.
Lionshead Transit Center 076100-2 SHEET METAL ROOFING
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum 2
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners: Galvanized steel, with soft neoprene washers.
B. Underlayment: Per Section 07 2500 - Weather Barriers.
C. Slip Sheet. Resin sized building paper-.
D. Primer: Zinc molybdate type.
E. Protective Backing Paint: Zinc molybdate alkyd.
F. Sealant: Type as specified in Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers.
G. Plastic Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type I.
H. Solder: ASTM B 32; Sn50 (50/50) type.
2.04 COMPONENTS
A. Dimensional Lumber and Sheathing: See Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry.
B. Roof Decking: See Section 06 1323 - Heavy Timber.
C. Rigid Insulation: See Section 07 2100 - Thermal Insulation.
D. Snow GUaF Fences: Details per Structural Drawings.
1. 3 Pipe -Style Snowguard: Tubing, brackets, target patch, couplings, end caps and end
collars powder coated to match sheet metal roofing. Flashing material same as sheet
metal roofing, fabricated to tie into roof. NO exposed fasteners.
2. Install expanded metal mesh inside face of horizontal tubing as indicated on drawings.
a. Expanded Metal Mesh: McNichols; 112 inch (12.5 mm), 18 gage, 'flattened', carbon
steel.
E. Roof Tie Offs: Details per Structural Drawings.
1. Continuous steel cable at ridge supported by steel plates attached to roof structure.
2.05 FABRICATION
A. Panel Size: 18 inches (203 mm) x 24 inches (610 mm) with top and bottom edges parallel to
the ridge. Conform to SMACNA Figure 6 -3 'Flat Seam Roofs'.
1. With 4240 Architecture's approval of size, the panel can be adjusted to maximize coil or
sheet efficiency.
B. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects.
C. Fabricate cleats of same material as sheet, same gage as roofing sheet, interlockable with
sheet.
D. Fabricate starter strips, interlockable with sheet.
E. Form pieces in longest practical lengths.
F. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 inch (13 mm); miter and seam corners.
G. Form material with flat lock seams, except where otherwise indicated.
H. Allow 1 inch (25 mm) minimum of sealant at seam.
I. Solder shop formed metal joints. After soldering, remove flux. Wipe and wash solder joints
clean. Weather seal joints.
J. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch (450 mm) long legs; seam for rigidity,
seal with sealant.
K. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4 inch (6 mm) and hemmed to form
Lionshead Transit Center 076100-3 SHEET METAL ROOFING
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum 2
drip.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Inspect roof deck to verify deck is clean and smooth, free of depressions, waves, or projections,
properly sloped to drains.
B. Verify deck is dry and free of snow or ice. Verify joints in wood deck are solidly supported and
fastened.
C. Verify correct placement of wood nailers and insulation positioning between nailers.
D. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, or vents through roof are solidly set, reglets
are in place, and nailing strips located.
E. Verify roofing termination and base flashings are in place, sealed, and secure.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Install starter and edge strips, and cleats before starting installation.
B. Install surface mounted reglets true to lines and levels. Seal top of reglets with sealant.
C. Back paint concealed metal surfaces and surfaces in contact with dissimilar metals with
protective backing paint to a minimum dry film thickness of 15 mil (0.4 mm).
D. Place eave edge metal flashings tight with fascia boards. Weather lap joints 2 inches (50 mm)
and seal with plastic cement. Secure flange with nails spaced per manufacterer's
recommendation.
3.03 INSTALLATION - COLD ROOF SYSTEM
A. Apply roof sub - underlayment over entire roof sheathing and per Section 07 2500 - Weather
Barriers.
1. Apply in single layer laid perpendicular to slope; weather lap edges per manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. Overframe roof per Structural Drawings.
C. Install board insulation per Section 07 2100 - Thermal Insulation.
D. Install exterior plywood sheathing over board insulation, atop rough framing, overlapping joints
of sheathing so that joints do not align. Allow gap for material expansion and contraction.
E. Apply water - resistive membrane over roof sheathing as indicated on Drawings and per Section
07 2500 - Weather Barriers.
F. Overframe roof ventilation per Structural Drawings.
G. Install exterior plywood sheathing over board insulation, atop rough framing, overlapping joints
of sheathing so that joints do not align. Allow gap for material expansion and contraction.
H. Apply roof underlayment over entire roof sheathing and per Section 07 2500 - Weather Barriers.
1. Apply in single layer laid perpendicular to slope-, weather lap edges per manufacturer's
recommendations.
I. Provide integral gutter framing, support and membrane as indicated on Drawings. Refer also to
Section 07 5300 - Elastometic Membrane Roofing.
J. Install snow guards fences as detailed and located on drawings.
1. Color: As indicated on Drawings.
Lionshead Transit Center 076100-4 SHEET METAL ROOFING
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum 2
LJ
L. Install heat trace as indicated on Drawings.
M. Install prefinished metal downspout.
3.04 INSTALLATION - FLAT SEAM SHINGLE ROOFING
A. Conform to manufacturer's standard instructions and to standards set forth in SMACNA
Architectural Sheet Metal Manual figure 6 -3 requirements, except as otherwise indicated.
B. Provide formed metal pans and boots for protrusions through roof, finish to match roofing.
C. Lay sheets with long dimension parallel to ridge. Apply pans beginning at eaves.
D. Cleat and seam all joints. Lock cleats into seams and flatten in direction of drainage.
E. Stagger transverse joints of roofing sheets by one -third the width of the sheet.
F. At eaves and gable ends, terminate roofing by hooking over edge strip.
G. Fold lower ends of seams at eaves over at 45 degree angle.
H. Form valleys of sheets not exceeding 10 feet (3 m) in length. Lap joints 5-12 inches (450 rnm
300mm) in direction of drainage. Seal overlaps with non - skinning butyl sealant.
I. At valley, fold valley and roofing sheets and secure with cleats spaced 18 inches (400 mm) on
center.
3.05 INSTALLATION - FLASHINGS
A. Conform to manufacturer's standard instructions and to standards set forth in SMACNA
Architectural Sheet Metal Manual requirements, except as otherwise indicated.
ILB. Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only where
permitted.
C. Cleat and seam all joints.
D. Apply plastiG Gement GOMPOund between metal f4ashings and felt flashings.
E. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines
accurate to profiles.
3.06 PROTECTION
A. Do not permit traffic over unprotected roof surface.
END OF SECTION
Lionshead Transit Center 076100-5 SHEET METAL ROOFING
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum 2
•
c
SECTION 07 6200
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Fabricated sheet metal items, including flashings, counterflashings, gutters, downspouts, and
conductor heads.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 07 5300 - Elastomeric Membrane Roofing.
B. Section 07 6100 - Sheet Metal Roofing.
C. Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers.
D. Section 08 9100- Louvers.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM A 653/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) or
Zinc -Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2009a.
B. ASTM B 32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal; 2008.
C. ASTM D 4586 - Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos -Free; 2007.
D. SMACNA (ASMM) - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning
Contractors' National Association; 2003.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Preinstallation Meeting: See Section 01 3100 - Project Management and Coordination, for
meeting requirements.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3300 - Submittal Procedures, for submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate material profile, jointing pattern, jointing details, fastening methods,
flashings, terminations, and installation details.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work as detailed in drawings and SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual
requirements, except as otherwise indicated.
1. Maintain one copy of document on site.
B. Fabricator and Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in sheet metal work with minimum
five years of experience.
1.07 MOCK -UP
A. See Section 07 6100 - Sheet Metal Roofing, for mockup requirements. Incorporate appropriate
sheet metal flashing and trim as part of mock -up.
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack material to prevent twisting, bending, and abrasion, and to provide ventilation. Slope
metal sheets to ensure drainage.
B. Prevent contact with materials that could cause discoloration or staining.
Lionshead Transit Center
Vail, Colorado
076200-1 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
02 March 2011
Addendum 2
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 SHEET MATERIALS
A. Pre - Finished Galvanized Steel: ASTM A 653/A 653M, with G90/Z275 zinc coating; minimum 26
ga. / 0.0217 inch (0.6 mm) thick base metal.
1. Color: As selected by 4240 Architecture, Inc. from manufacturer's full colors.
2. Finish: As specified in Section 09 9000 — Painting and Coating.
2.02 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners: Galvanized steel, with soft neoprene washers.
B. Primer: Zinc chromate type.
C. Protective Backing Paint: Zinc molybdate alkyd.
D. Sealant: Typeas specified in Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers.
E. Plastic Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type I.
F. Solder: ASTM B 32; Sn50 (50/50) type.
2.03 FABRICATION
A. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects.
B. Form pieces in longest possible lengths.
C. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 inch (13 mm); miter and seam corners.
D. Form material with standing seams, except where otherwise indicated. At moving joints, use
sealed lapped, bayonet -type or interlocking hooked seams.
E. Solder shop formed metal joints. After soldering, remove flux. Wipe and wash solder joints
clean. Weather seal joints.
F. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch (450 mm) long legs; seam for rigidity,
seal with sealant.
G. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4 inch (6 mm) and hemmed to form
drip.
H. Fabricate flashings to allow toe to extend 2 inches (50 mm) over roofing gravel. Return and
brake edges.
2.04 GUTTER, DOWNSPOUT, SCUPPER AND COLLECTOR HEAD FABRICATION
A. Gutters and Downspouts: Round profile in drawings and SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual requirements, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Gutters and Downspouts: Size for rainfall intensity determined by a storm occurrence of 1 in 5
years in accordance with SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. Confirm sizes and
calculations with 4240 Architecture, Inc. prior to fabrication.
C. Accessories: Profiled to suit gutters and downspouts.
1. Anchorage Devices: In accordance with SMACNA requirements.
2. Gutter Supports: Straps.
3. Downspout Supports: Straps.
a. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, Figure 135J.
D. Downspout Boots: Steel.
E. Scupper at Stone Profile: SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, Figure 1 -28.
Lionshead Transit Center 076200-2 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum 2
F. Scupper at Metal Panel Profile: SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, Figure 1 -28.
G. Scupper at Wood Siding Profile: SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, Figure 1 -30A.
H. Conductor Head Profile: SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, Figure 1 -25F.
I. Seal metal joints.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, and vents through roof are solidly set, reglets
in place, and nailing strips located.
B. Verify roofing termination and base flashings are in place, sealed, and secure.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Install starter and edge strips, and cleats before starting installation.
B. Back paint concealed metal surfaces with protective backing paint to a minimum dry film
thickness of 15 mil (0.4 mm).
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only where
permitted.
B. Apply plastic cement compound between metal flashings and felt flashings.
C. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines
accurate to profiles.
D. Solder metal joints for full metal surface contact. After soldering, wash metal clean with
neutralizing solution and rinse with water.
E. Secure gutters and downspouts in place using concealed fasteners.
F. Slope gutters 1/4 inch per foot (20 mm /m) minimum.
G. Connect downspouts to downspout boots. Grout connection watertight.
END OF SECTION
Lionshead Transit Center 076200-3 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum 2
SECTION 07 9005
JOINT SEALERS
PART1
GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Sealants and joint backing.
B.
Precompressed foam sealers.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A.
Section 01 6116 - Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions.
B.
Section 04 2000 - Unit Masonry: Sealants used in conjunction with unit masonry.
C.
Section 04 4200 - Exterior Stone Cladding: Sealants used in conjunction with exterior stone
cladding.
D.
Section 07 2500 - Weather Barriers: Sealants used in conjunction with air barriers and vapor
retarders.
E.
Section 07 4213 - Metal Wall Panels: Sealants used in conjunctionw with metal wall panels.
F.
Section 07 4264 - Metal Composite Material Wall Panels: Sealants used in conjunction with
composite metal wall panels.
G.
Section 07 6100 - Sheet Metal Roofing: Sealants used in conjunction with roofing.
H.
Section 07 6200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Sealants used in conjunction with sheet
.
metal flashing.
I.
Section 08 4313 - Aluminum- Framed Storefronts: Sealants used in conjunction with aluminum
storefronts.
J.
Section 08 4413 - Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls: Sealnats used in conjunction with glazed
aluminum curtain walls.
K.
Section 08 8000 - Glazing: Glazing sealants and accessories.
L.
Section 08 9100 - Louvers: Sealants used in conjunction with louver installation.
M.
Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Acoustic sealant.
N.
Section 09 3000 - Tiling: Sealant used as the grout.
1.03 REFERENCE
STANDARDS
A.
ASTM C 834 -Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2010.
B.
ASTM C 919 - Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications; 2008.
C.
ASTM C 920 -Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2010.
D.
ASTM C 1193 -Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2009.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE
REQUIREMENTS
A.
Coordinate the work with other sections referencing this section.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A.
See Section 01 3300 - Submittal Procedures, for submittal procedures.
B.
Lionshead
Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics.
Transit Center 07 9005 -1 JOINT SEALERS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum 2
C. Samples: Submit two samples, 12 inch (300 mm) long samples illustrating sealant colors for
selection.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Maintain one copy of each referenced document covering installation requirements on site.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in
this section with minimum three years documented experience.
C. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with
minimum three years experience.
1.07 MOCK -UP
A. Provide mock -up of sealant joints in conjunction with mock -ups specified in the Sections listed
above including Section 04 4200 - Exterior Stone Cladding, under provisions of Section 01 4300
- Quality Assurance.
B. Construct mock -up with specified sealant types and with other components noted.
C. Locate where directed by 4240 Architecture, Inc.
D. Approved mock -up may remain as part of the Work.
1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after
installation.
1.09 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements, for additional warranty
requirements.
B. Correct defective work within a one year period after Date of Substantial Completion.
C. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve airtight
seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Silicone Sealants:
1. Bostik Inc: www.bostik - us.com.
2. Momentive Performance Materials, Inc (formerly GE Silicones): www.momentive.com.
3. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com.
4. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems: www.chemrex.com.
5. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
B. Polyurethane Sealants:
1. Bostik Inc: www.bostik - us.com.
2. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com.
3. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems: www.chemrex.com.
4. Tremco Global Sealants: www.tremcosealants.com.
5. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
C. Acrylic Sealants:
1. Tremco Global Sealants: www.tremcosealants.com.
2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
Lionshead Transit Center 079005-2 JOINT SEALERS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum 2
F. Type E - Acoustical Sealant: Butyl or acrylic sealant; ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 12 -1/2,
Uses M and A; single component, solvent release curing, non - skinning.
1. Product: As recommended by selected manufacturer.
2. Applications: Use for concealed locations only:
a. Sealant bead between top stud runner and structure and between bottom stud track
and floor.
G. Type F - Concrete Paving Joint Sealant: Polyurethane, self - leveling; ASTM C 920, Class 25,
Uses T, I, M and A; single or multi- component.
1. Color: Color as selected by Architect from selected manufacturer's full range.
2. As recommended by selected manufacturer.
3. Applications: Use for:
a. Joints in sidewalks and vehicular paving.
H. Type G — Roof Component Sealant: Non - skinning butyl rubber; Type 1, Class A; single
component, solvent release, non - skinning, non - sagging.
1. Color: To be selected by 4240 Architecture, Inc. from selected manufacturer's full
range.
2. Product: As recommended by selected manufacturer.
3. Applications: Use for:
a. Installation between metal roofing components.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Primer: Non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.
B. Joint Cleaner: Non - corrosive and non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer;
compatible with joint forming materials.
C. Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant; ASTM D 1667, closed cell PVC;
oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width.
D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit
application.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work.
B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant.
B. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C 1193.
D. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfigurement.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of
surfaces and material installation instructions.
B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C 1193.
C. Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C 919.
D. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width -to -depth ratio, neck
dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer, except where specific
Lionshead Transit Center 079005-4 JOINT SEALERS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum 2
•
dimensions are indicated.
E. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used.
F. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags.
G. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer
when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges.
H. Tool joints concave.
I. Precompressed Foam Sealant: Do not stretch; avoid joints except at corners, ends, and
intersections; install with face 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3 to 6 mm) below adjoining surface.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces.
3.05 PROTECTION
A. Protect sealants until cured.
END OF SECTION
Lionshead Transit Center 079005-5 JOINT SEALERS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum 2
SECTION 07 9500
EXPANSION CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Interior expansion control systems.
2. Exterior wall expansion control systems.
3. Parking and open -air structure expansion control systems.
B. Related Requirements:
1.Section 07 8400 — Firestopping: Liquid - applied joint sealants in fire- resistive building
joints.
2.Section 07 9005 — Joint Sealers: Liquid - applied joint sealants and for elastomeric
sealants without metal frames.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: For each expansion control system specified. Include plans, elevations,
sections, details, splices, blockout requirement, attachments to other work, and line diagrams
showing entire route of each expansion control system. Where expansion control systems
change planes, provide isometric or clearly detailed drawing depicting how components
interconnect.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of expansion control system indicated.
1.Include manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors and finishes
available for each exposed metal and elastomeric seal material.
C. Samples for Verification: For each type of expansion control system indicated, full width
by 6 inches (150 mm) long in size.
D. Product Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of the supplier. Include the
following information in tabular form:
Manufacturer and model number for each expansion control system.
Expansion control system location cross - referenced to Drawings.
Nominal joint width.
Movement capability.
Classification as thermal or seismic.
Materials, colors, and finishes.
Product options.
Fire - resistance ratings.
E. Product Test Reports: For each fire barrier provided as part of an expansion control
system, for tests performed by a
qualified testing agency.
Lionshead Transit Center 07 9500 -1 EXPANSION CONTROL
Vail, Colorado 11 April 2011
B.D. Responses
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. General: Provide expansion control systems of design, basic profile, materials, and
operation indicated. Provide units with capability to accommodate variations in adjacent
surfaces.
1.Furnish units in longest practicable lengths to minimize field splicing. Install with
hairline mitered corners where expansion control systems change direction or abut
other materials.
2.Include factory- fabricated closure materials and transition pieces, T- joints, corners,
curbs, cross - connections, and other accessories as required to provide continuous
expansion control systems.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire - Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide expansion control systems with fire
barriers identical to those of systems tested for fire resistance per UL 2079 or ASTM E 1966
by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Hose Stream Test: Wall -to -wall and wall -to- ceiling systems shall be subjected to hose stream
testing.
INTERIOR EXPANSION CONTROL SYSTEMS
A. Basis -of- Design Product: EMSEAL Joint Systems; EMSEAL DFR2 and WFR2. Subject
to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated or a comparable product by one of
the following:
Architectural Art Mfg., Inc.; Division of Pittcon Industries.
Balco, Inc.
Construction Specialties, Inc.
JointMaster /InPro Corporation.
Michael Rizza Company, LLC.
MM Systems Corporation.
Nystrom, Inc.
Watson Bowman Acme Corp.; a BASF Construction Chemicals business.
Substitutions per Section 01 2500.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain expansion control systems from single source from single
manufacturer.
EXTERIOR WALL EXPANSION CONTROL SYSTEMS
A. Basis -of- Design Product: EMSEAL Joint Systems; EMSEAL WFR2. Subject to
compliance with requirements, provide product indicated or a comparable product by one of
the following:
1. Architectural Art Mfg., Inc.; Division of Pittcon Industries.
2. Balco, Inc.
3. Chase Construction Products; Division of Chase Corporation.
4. Construction Specialties, Inc.
5. D. S. Brown Company (The).
6. Erie Metal Specialties, Inc.
7. JointMaster /InPro Corporation.
8. LymTal International, Inc.
9. Michael Rizza Company, LLC.
10. MM Systems Corporation.
Lionshead Transit Center 079500-2 EXPANSION CONTROL
Vail, Colorado 11 April 2011
B.D. Responses
F1
Michael Rizza Company, LLC.
MM Systems Corporation.
Nystrom, Inc.
RJ Watson, Inc.
Schul International Company, Inc.
Tremco Incorporated.
Watson Bowman Acme Corp.; a BASF Construction Chemicals business.
Williams Products, Inc.
Substitutions per Section 012500
B. Source Limitations: Obtain expansion control systems from single source from
single manufacturer.
C. Color: To be selected by Architect.
2.07 MATERIALS
A. Cellular Foam Seals: Extruded, compressible foam designed to function under
compression.
B. Fire Barriers: Any material or material combination, when fire tested after cycling,
designated to resist the passage of flame and hot gases through a movement joint and to
meet performance criteria for required fire - resistance rating.
C. Accessories: Manufacturer's standard anchors, clips, fasteners, set screws, spacers, and
other accessories compatible with material in contact, as indicated or required for
complete installations.
2.08 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,
temporary protective covering before shipping.
C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable.
Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the
range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces where expansion control systems will be installed for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work.
1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Lionshead Transit Center 079500-4 EXPANSION CONTROL
Vail, Colorado 11 April 2011
B.D. Responses
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Prepare substrates according to expansion control system manufacturer's written
instructions.
B. Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, and instructions for installing
expansion control systems. Provide fasteners of metal, type, and size to suit type of
construction indicated and to provide for secure attachment of expansion control
systems.
INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for storing, handling, and installing
expansion control systems and materials unless more stringent requirements are
indicated.
B. Foam Seals: Install with adhesive recommended by manufacturer.
C. Terminate exposed ends of expansion control systems with field- or factory- fabricated
termination devices.
D. Fire - Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Coordinate installation of expansion control system
materials and associated work so complete assemblies comply with assembly
performance requirements.
1. Fire Barriers: Install fire barriers to provide continuous, uninterrupted fire resistance
throughout length of joint, including transitions and field splices.
0 3.04 PROTECTION
A. Do not remove protective covering until finish work in adjacent areas is complete. When
protective covering is removed, clean exposed metal surfaces to comply with
manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Protect the installation from damage by work of other Sections. Where necessary due to
heavy construction traffic, remove and properly store cover plates or seals and install
temporary protection over expansion control systems. Reinstall cover plates or seals
prior to Substantial Completion of the Work.
END OF SECTION
Lionshead Transit Center 079500-5 EXPANSION CONTROL
Vail, Colorado 11 April 2011
B.D. Responses
7
SECTION 08 7100
DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Furnish and install all commercial door hardware and electrified door hardware as shown on the
Drawings or specified herein, or as required to complete the Work.
B. Intent of Hardware Schedule
1. The following schedule of hardware sets shall be considered a guide only, and the
supplier is cautioned to refer to general conditions, special conditions, and the preamble
of this section. It shall be the hardware supplier's responsibility to furnish all required
hardware.
2. Where items of hardware aren't definitely or correctly specified and are required for
completion of the Work, a written statement of such omission, error, or other discrepancy
shall be sent to the Architect, prior to date specified for receipt of bids for clarification by
addendum; or, furnish such items in the type and quality established by this specification,
and appropriate to the service intended.
3. Adjustments to the Contract Sum will not be allowed for omissions of items of hardware
not clarified prior to bid opening.
C. Related sections:
1. Division 1 — General Requirements
2. Division 6— Finish Carpentry: Installation of Finish Hardware
3. Division 7 - Joint Sealants
4. Section 08 1113 — Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
5. Division 08 1416 — Flush Wood Doors
6. Division 08 4313 — Aluminum Frame Storefronts.
7. Division 08 4313 — Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls
8. Division 8 — Special Doors
9. Division 26 - Sections for connections to electrical power system.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Use date of standard or code in effect as of Bid date.
B. State and Local Codes including Authority Having Jurisdiction.
C. ANSI /BHMA A156 — Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association Builders Hardware
Standards
D. ANSI A156.19 — Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center
Vail, Colorado
087100 -1
DOOR HARDWARE
10 March 2011
Addendum 4
E. NFPA— National Fire Protection Association
1. NFPA 80 — Fire Doors and Windows
2. NFPA 105 — Smoke and Draft Control Door Assemblies
3. NFPA 252 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
4. NFPA 101 — Life Safety Code.
F. UL — Underwriters Laboratories
1. UL10C — Fire Tests of Door Assemblies (Positive Pressure)
2. UL 1784 - Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies
G. ANSI A117.1 — Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities
H. ADA — Americans with Disabilities Act
I. DHI — Door and Hardware Institute
J. SDI — Steel Door Institute
K. WDMA — Window and Door Manufacturers Association
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit copies of the finish hardware shop drawings in accordance with Section 01 3300
Submittal Procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's complete product literature for specified hardware items,
detailed installation diagrams and instructions, including:
1. Preparation instructions and recommendations.
2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.
3. Installation methods.
C. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of the supplier's Architectural
Hardware Consultant, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as
procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames,
and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware.
1. Check specified hardware for suitability and adaptability to details and surrounding
conditions. Indicate unsuitable or incompatible items and proposed substitutions in
hardware schedule.
2. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and
Format for the Hardware Schedule."
3. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating
complete designations of every item required for each door or opening.
4. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Schedule at the end
of Part 3.
5. Content: Include the following information:
a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, degree of swing, and finish of each door
hardware item.
b. Manufacturer of each item.
C. Fastenings and other pertinent information.
d. Location of each door hardware set, cross - referenced to Drawings, both on floor
plans and in door and frame schedule.
e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule.
f. Mounting locations for door hardware.
g. Door and frame sizes and materials.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-2 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
D. Electrified Hardware Drawings:
1. Provide complete wiring diagrams prepared by an authorized factory employee for each
opening requiring electronic hardware, except openings where only magnetic hold -open
devices are specified. Provide a copy with each hardware schedule submitted after
approval.
2. Provide complete operational descriptions of electronic components listed by opening in
the hardware submittals. Operational descriptions to detail how each electrical
component functions within the opening incorporating all conditions of ingress and
egress. Provide a copy with each hardware schedule submitted for approval.
3. Provide elevation drawings of electronic hardware and systems identifying locations of
the system components with respect to their placement in the door opening. Provide a
copy with each hardware schedule submitted for approval.
E. Samples:
1. Upon request submit the following samples:
a. Samples: Prior to submittal of the final hardware schedule and prior to final
ordering of finish hardware, submit one sample of each type of exposed hardware
unit, finished as required and tagged with full description for coordination with
schedule. Samples will be returned to the supplier. Units, which are acceptable
and remain undamaged through submittal, review and field comparison
procedures, may, after final check of operation, be used in the work, within
limitations of keying coordination requirements.
Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of the supplier's Architectural
Hardware Consultant, detailing Town of Vail's final keying instructions for locks. Include
schematic keying diagram and index each key set to unique door designations. Keying
Schedule: Per DHI manual "Keying Procedures, Systems, and Nomenclature ".
G. Qualification Data: For Installer, Supplier, and Architectural Hardware Consultant. Compliance
with this Section shall include letters of certification. Certifications shall be submitted for
approval with and be incorporated with hardware schedule submittal. SUBMITTALS WILL NOT
BE CONSIDERED WITHOUT THE CERTIFICATIONS.
H. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date,
particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of other
work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop
Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the
coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule.
Contract Closeout Submittals: Comply with Section 01 7000 including specific requirements
indicated.
1. Upon completion of construction and building turnover, furnish two (2) complete
maintenance manuals to the owner. Manuals to include the following items:
a. Complete information in care, maintenance, and adjustment, and data on repair
and replacement parts, and information on preservation of finishes.
b. Catalog pages for each product.
C. Name, address, and phone number of local representative for each manufacturer.
d. Parts list for each product.
e. Copy of final hardware schedule, edited to reflect, "As installed ".
f. Copy of final keying schedule
2. As installed "Wiring Diagrams" for each piece of hardware connected to power, both low
voltage and 110 volts.
3. One set of special tools required for maintenance and adjustment of hardware, including
changing of cylinders.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-3 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Substitutions:
1. All substitution requests must be submitted within the procedures and time frame as
outlined in Division 01.
2. Approval of products is at the discretion of the architect and their consultant.
3. Items listed with no substitute manufacturers have been requested by Owner to meet
existing standards.
B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:
1. Furnish finish hardware to comply with the requirements of laws, codes, ordinances, and
regulations of the governmental authorities having jurisdiction where such requirements
exceed the requirements of the Specifications. Furnish finish hardware to comply with the
requirements of the American National Standards for Making Buildings and Facilities
Accessible and Usable by Physically Handicapped People ICC /ANSI A117.1) and to
comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
2. Doors to stairs (other than exit stairs), loading platforms, boiler rooms, stages and doors
serving other hazardous locations shall have knurled or other similar approved marking of
door lever handles or cross bars in accordance with local building codes.
C. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer with five (5) years documented experience who
has completed door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this
Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service
performance. Factory trained and certified by the lock, closer and panic hardware
manufacturers. Alternative: can demonstrate suitably equivalent competence and experience.
D. Supplier Qualifications: Company specializing in the supply of door hardware with five (5) years
documented experience and an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) to properly handle,
detail and service hardware in a satisfactory manner. Architectural Hardware Consultant shall
be available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, Hardware
Consultant, and Owner about door hardware and keying.
1. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules.
2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for electrified door hardware, including
Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard
units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project.
3. Hardware supplier shall be a certified direct distributor and be a full sales and service
organization for the manufacturer's listed. Compliance with this Section shall include
letters of certification from the manufacturers stating the hardware supplier is a factory
direct authorized distributor. Certifications shall be submitted for approval with and be
incorporated with hardware schedule submittal. Submittals will not be considered without
the certifications.
4. Supplier shall have warehousing facilities in Project's vicinity.
E. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is currently certified by the
Door and Hardware Institute as an Architectural Hardware Consultant and who is experienced
in providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material,
design, and extent to that indicated for this Project.
1. Electrified Door Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A qualified Architectural Hardware
Consultant who is experienced in providing consulting services for electrified door
hardware installations.
F. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware from a single manufacturer,
unless otherwise indicated.
1. Provide electrified door hardware from same manufacturer as mechanical door hardware,
unless otherwise indicated. Manufacturers that perform electrical modifications and that
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-4 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
G. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Provide door hardware for assemblies complying with NFPA 80
that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252 and UL10C.
Project requires door assemblies and components that are compliant with positive pressure and
S -label requirements. Specifications must be cross - referenced and coordinated with door
manufacturers to ensure that total opening engineering is compatible with UL10C Standard for
Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. Provide proper latching hardware, non -
flaming door closers, approved- bearing hinges, plus resilient and required intumescent seals if
not furnished with wood door.
H. Templates: Furnish a complete list and suitable templates, together with finish hardware
schedule to contractor, for distribution to necessary trades supplying materials to be prepped for
finish hardware.
I. Keying Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division
01. In addition to Town of Vail, Construction Manager, Contractor, and Architect, conference
participants shall also include Suppliers Architectural Hardware Consultant and Owner's
security consultant. Incorporate keying conference decisions into final keying schedule after
reviewing door hardware keying system including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Review of all lock functions.
2. Function of building, flow of traffic, purpose of each area, degree of security required, and
plans for future expansion.
3. Preliminary key system schematic diagram.
4. Requirements for key control system.
5. Address for delivery of keys.
Pre - installation Meeting:
1. Before hardware installation, General Contractor /Construction Manager will request
seminar be conducted on the installation of hardware; specifically that of locksets,
closers, and exit devices. Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements
in Section 01 3100 Project Management and Coordination. The hardware supplier and
the representative of the lock, closer and exit device manufacturers shall present the
seminar. Seminar to be held at job site and attended by installers of hardware for
aluminum, hollow metal and wood doors. Seminar to address proper coordination and
installation of hardware, per finish hardware schedule for this specific project, by using
installation manuals, hardware schedule, templates, physical product samples and
installation videos.
a. Before electrical rough -in, General Contractor /Construction Manager will request a
meeting to include the following trades /installers: Hardware Supplier, Hardware
Installer, Electrical and Security Contractors.
1) Inspect and discuss electrical roughing -in and other preparatory work
performed by other trades.
2) Review sequence of operation for each type of electrified door hardware.
b. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials,
Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid
delays.
C. Supplier shall notify participants at least five (5) working days before meeting.
d. Failure to hold the pre - installation conference may affect the product warranty.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Marking and packaging:
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-5 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
1. Properly package and mark items according to the approved hardware schedule,
complete with necessary screws and accessories, instructions and installation templates
for spotting mortising tools.
2. Packaging of door hardware is the responsibility of the supplier. As hardware supplier
receives material from various manufacturers, sort and repackage in containers clearly
marked with appropriate hardware set and door numbers to match the approved
hardware schedule. Two or more identical sets may be packed in same container.
B. Delivery:
1. The supplier shall deliver all hardware to the project site; direct factory shipments are not
allowed unless agreed upon beforehand. Hardware supplier shall coordinate delivery
times and schedules with the contractor. Inventory door hardware jointly with
representatives of hardware supplier and hardware installer /contractor until each is
satisfied that count is correct.
2. No keys, other than construction master keys and /or temporary keys are to be packed in
boxes with the locks.
3. Deliver keys and permanent cores to Owner by registered mail or overnight package
service.
4. Contractor shall check deliveries against accepted list and provide receipt for them, after
which he is responsible for storage and care. Any shortage or damaged good shall be
made without cost to the owner.
C. Storage:
1. Provide secure lock -up for door hardware delivered to the Project, but not yet installed.
Control handling and installation of hardware items that are not immediately replaceable
so that completion of work will not be delayed by hardware losses both before and after
installation.
D. Waste Management and Disposal:
1. Separate waste materials for Reuse and Recycling per Division 01.
2. Remove from site and dispose of packaging materials at appropriate recycling facilities.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity and ventilation) within limits
recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under
environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Supplier shall coordinate the following items with the General Contractor and related trades.
1. Coordinate work of this Section with other directly affected Sections involving
manufacture of any internal reinforcement for door hardware. Furnish hardware
templates to door fabricators for factory preparation to receive hardware.
2. Furnish hardware items of proper design for use on doors and frames of thicknesses,
profile, swing, security, and other indicated requirements as necessary for proper
function.
3. Coordinate solid blocking between studs of frame construction to support wall mounted
items such as stops.
4. Electrical System Roughing -in: Coordinate layout and installation of electrified door
hardware with connections to power supplies.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-6 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
B. The electrified hardware meeting and the keying conference is mandatory within 30 days of
contract award.
C. Use hardware consultant to check Shop Drawings for doors and entrances to confirm that
adequate provisions will be made for proper hardware installation.
1.9 WARRANTY:
A. General Warranty: See Section 01 7000. Special warranties specified in this Article shall not
deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract
Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by
Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. Special Warranty: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace
components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty
period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage.
2. Faulty operation of operators and door hardware.
3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering.
C. Warranty Period: Two (2) years from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Warranty Period for Manual Closers: Ten (10) years from date of Substantial Completion.
2. Warranty Period for Locksets: Seven (7) years from date of Substantial Completion.
3. Warranty Period for Exit Devices: Three (3) years from date of Substantial Completion.
C1.10 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and
maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and
removal and replacement of door hardware.
1.11 COMMISSIONING
A. The General Contractor in conjunction with the lock manufacturer's representative, hardware
installer and supplying distributor shall commission hardware. Comply with Division 01 and as
follows.
1. Test door hardware operation with climate control system both at rest and while in full
operation.
2. Test electrical and electronic hardware systems for satisfactory operation.
3. Test hardware interfaced with fire /life- safety system for proper operation and release.
1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. See Section 01 6000. Deliver to Owner extra materials from same production run as products
installed. Package products with protective covering and identify with descriptive labels.
B. Quantity: Furnish quantity of full -size units.
1. Provide Ten (10) extra interchangeable cores for each Master keyed group.
2. Special Tools: Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special
00 hardware component.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-7 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
3. Maintenance Tools: Provide maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware
component manufacturer. 0
4. Delivery, Storage and Protection: Comply with Owner's requirements for delivery, storage
and protection of extra materials.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Provide the products of manufacturer designated or if more than one manufacturer is listed, the
comparable product of one of the other manufacturers listed. Where only one manufacturer or
product is listed, it is understood that this is the owner's Building Standard and "no substitution"
is allowed.
2.2 GENERAL HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide hardware materials and products of the best quality, free from imperfections and flaws
in appearance, finish, or operational function.
B. Refer to Hardware Schedule below for specific hardware items, designs, functions, and finishes.
2.3 HINGES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Ives
2. McKinney
3. Stanley
B. General: Provide only template - produced units.
C. Hinges shall be three - knuckle design, concealed bearing as specified.
D. Hinge Base Metal: Provide the following:
1. Exterior Hinges: Brass /bronze, with stainless -steel non - removable pin.
2. Interior Hinges: Steel, with steel pin
3. Hinges for Fire -Rated Assemblies: Steel, with steel pin.
E. Quantity, regardless of quantities specified in the hardware schedule provide the following:
1. 2 - hinges per leaf for openings through 60 inches (1524 mm) high.
2. 1 - additional hinge per leaf for each additional 30 inches (762 mm) in height or fraction
thereof.
F. Size, regardless of size shown provide the following:
1. Doors up to 3'6 ": 2 ball bearing, standard weight, 0.134 gage, 4 -1/2 inch by 4 -1/2 inch
(114 mm by 114 mm).
2. Doors 3' -6" and over: four ball bearing, heavy weight, 0.190 gage, 5 inches x 4 -1/2 inches
(127 mm by 114 mm).
G. Options: NRP (non - removable pin) feature, furnish at all reverse bevel doors with locksets.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-8 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
H. Where necessary to maintain proper swing and door clearance at jamb trim, frame conditions,
door reveals, door thickness and similar conditions, provide wide throw hinges.
I. Provide shims and shimming instructions for proper door adjustment.
J. Electric Power Transfer
1. Manufacturers:
a. Von Duprin
2. Transfer power from door frame to edge of door.
3. Provide sufficient number of concealed wires to accommodate electric function of
specified hardware.
K. Invisible Hinges
1. Description: Hinge completely mortised in door and jamb such that hinge is concealed
when door is closed.
2. Construction: Constructed with interpolated, laminated links connected with non -
removable, riveted pins which provide moving pivot points and allow 180 degrees
opening.
3. Materials: High strength plated steel and heavy duty, zinc alloy castings, or 300 series
stainless steel and 300 series stainless steel castings.
2.4 CONTINUOUS HINGES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Ives
2. Marker
3. Stanley
B. Pinned stainless steel type: continuous stainless steel. Twin self lubricated nylon bearings with
stainless steel pin.
C. Continuous, Gear -Type Hinges. Extruded - aluminum, pinless, geared hinge leaves; joined by a
continuous extruded - aluminum channel cap; with concealed, self - lubricating thrust bearings.
D. Each hinge shall hold a door up to 600 pounds.
E. Manufacture units for proper door thickness, height, custom screw patterns and electrical and
pneumatic modifications.
2.5 PIVOT SETS
A. Manufacturers
1.
Ives
2.
Markar
3.
Stanley
4.
Rixson
B. Pivot sets shall be high- strength forged bronze or stainless steel, tilt -on precision bearing and
bearing pin.
C. Vertical adjustment range of 3/16" which includes a positive locking feature.
D. Provide pivot sets as specified in Hardware Groups.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-9 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
2.6 DOOR BOLTS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Ives
2. Rockwood
3. Trimco
B. Bolt Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire doors,
and as follows:
1. Mortise Flush Bolts: Minimum 3/4 -inch (19 -mm) throw.
C. Manual Flush Bolts: designed for mortising into door edge.
D. Automatic and Self- Latching Flush Bolts: designed for mortising into door edge.
E. Locate centerline of manual top bolt not more than 78 inches (1981 mm) from finished floor.
F. Dust Proof Strikes - furnish with all flush bolts.
2.7 COORDINATORS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Ives
2. Rockwood
3. Trimco
B. Provide coordinator for labeled pairs of doors equipped with automatic flush bolts.
C. Provide filler bars for total opening width and closer mounting brackets where applicable.
2.8 LOCKSETS AND LATCHSETS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Schlage
B. Latches and Locks for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Doors shall not
exceed 15 Ibf (67 N) to release the latch. Locks shall not require the use of a key, tool, or
special knowledge for operation from the egress side.
C. Function numbers as listed in sets.
D. Heavy duty cylindrical type:
1. Provide cylindrical locksets that comply with ANSI A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1; tested
to exceed 3,000,000 cycles. Functions as listed in Hardware Sets.
2. Provide cylindrical locksets that meet ANSI A117.1, Accessibility Code.
3. Provide cylindrical locksets that meet UL A label; to have a minimum listing for single
doors 4'x 8'
4. Provide cylindrical locksets that the lever return to within 1/2" of the door.
5. Chassis to be one - piece, modular assembly.
6. Chassis to be multi - functional; interchange of function assembly without disassembly of
lockset.
7. Spindle to be deep -draw manufactured. Manufacturers utilizing stamped spindles are not
acceptable.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-10 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
At7
P7
i8.
Spring Cage to have double compression springs. Manufacturers utilizing torsion springs
are not acceptable.
9.
Spindle and Spring Cage (internal) to be one -piece integrated assembly.
10.
Levers to be bi- directional, independent assemblies.
11.
Lever to be free - wheeling when locked at all exterior applications.
12.
Levers are to be solid. Manufacturers utilizing fillers of any kind are not acceptable.
13.
Levers are to be plated to match BHMA finishes.
14.
Anti - rotation plate to be interlocking to lock chassis. Manufacturers utilizing anti - rotation
plates with bit -tabs are not acceptable.
15.
Thru -bolts to be a minimum of '/4" in diameter.
16.
Thru -bolts to secure anti - rotation plate without sheer line. Manufacturers utilizing fully
threaded thru -bolts are not acceptable.
17.
Adjustment plate to be threaded for door thickness adjustment.
18.
Adjustment plate to adjust for doors from 1 5/8" thickness to 2 1/8" thickness.
19.
Adjustment plate to have visual chassis marking for doors 1 3/4" thick.
20.
Latchbolt to be steel with minimum '/2" throw deadlatch on keyed and exterior functions;
3/4" throw anti - friction latchbolt on pairs of doors.
21.
Lockset Trim: Schlage Sparta
E. Strikes:
1. Provide strikes with extended lips where required to protect trim from being marred by
latch bolt. Provide strike lips that do not project more than 1/8" beyond doorframe trim at
single doors and have 7/8" lip to center at pairs of 1 -3/4" doors. Provide wrought box
strikes on all locks.
F. General Contractor to arrange for a keying meeting, and programming
Owner and hardware supplier, and other involved parties to ensur e
hardware, are functionally correct and keying and programming
requirements.
2.9 CYLINDERS AND KEYING
A. Manufacturers:
1. Schlage
meeting with Architect,
locksets and locking
complies with project
B. Keying schedule: This supplier shall meet with the Town of Vail to finalize keying requirements
and obtain keying instructions in writing. All cylinders shall be keyed by supplier, combinated in
sets or subsets, masterkeyed or great grandmaster keyed, as directed by Owner.
C. Cylinders:
1. Manufacturer's Interchangeable core type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless
steel, or nickel silver.
2. Number of Pins: Six
3. Mortise Type: Threaded cylinders with required length, cam and trim ring(s).
4. Rim Type: Cylinders with back plate, flat -type vertical or horizontal tailpiece, and raised
trim ring.
5. Bored -Lock Type: Cylinders with tailpieces to suit locks.
D. Permanent Cores: Manufacturer's standard; finish face to match lockset; interchangeable
cores.
E. Construction Cores: Provide brass construction cores at all cylinders that are replaceable by
permanent cores.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-11 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
The Owner or Owner's Security Agent in conjunction with the General Contractor shall
remove construction cores and install final cores.
F. Keying System: Both the cylinders and keyblanks shall be protected from unauthorized
manufacture and distribution by the manufacturer's United States patents.
G. Keys: Provide nickel - silver keys permanently inscribed with a visual key control number and
"DO NOT DUPLICATE" notation. Furnish keys in the following quantities:
1. Cylinder Change Keys: Three.
2. Master Keys: Five.
3. Grand Master Keys: Five.
4. Great -Grand Master Keys: Five.
5. Temporary construction keys: Twenty.
6. Construction control keys: Two.
7. Key Blanks: One Hundred
H. Deliver all permanent keys, security cores, and other security keys direct to Owner from supplier
a minimum of sixty (60) days prior to completion by secure courier return receipt requested.
Key Control System:
1. Provide wall mounted metal cabinet with baked - enamel finish; containing key gathering
envelopes, storage of removable and interchangeable lock cores, hook labels, permanent
key tags, temporary key tags, signature receipt forms, visible index pin - tumbler cylinder
door lock, and instruction book with key capacity of 150 percent of the number of locks.
2.10 EXIT DEVICES
A. Exit devises for Means of Egress Doors: Comply with NFPA 101. Doors shall not exceed 15 Ibf
(67 N) to release the latch. Locks shall not require the use of a key, tool, or special knowledge
for operation from the egress side.
B. Manufacturers:
1. Von Duprin
C. Rim and Vertical Rod devices:
1. Exit devices shall be touchpad style plated to the standard architectural finishes to match
the balance of the door hardware.
2. Mechanism case or housing shall have an average minimum thickness of .140 °. No
exposed screws shall be seen from the back side of the device.
3. All exit devices shall incorporate a fluid damper, which decelerates the touchpad on its
return stroke and eliminates noise associated with exit device operation.
4. Touchpad shall extend a minimum of one half of the door width. Devices shall be push
through type touch pad design with a straight or horizontal motion to eliminate pinch
points. The angular motion type pad with end cavity exposed when depressed is
unacceptable. Touch pad have a minimum height of 2 -3/16" Plastic is not acceptable at
the touch pad.
5. All latchbolts to be deadlatching type, with a self - lubricating coating to reduce wear.
Plated latch bolts are unacceptable.
6. End -cap shall be sloped to deflect any impact from carts and shall be flush with the
external mechanism case. End cap shall be cast metal of forged aluminum and have a
minimum thickness of .125 ". End cap shall utilize a two -point attachment to the mounting
bracket. Plastic or metal stampings will not be acceptable. End caps that overlap and
project above the mechanism case are unacceptable.
7. Springs: Only compression springs are acceptable.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-12 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
8. All internal parts shall be zinc dichromate to prevent rusting.
9. Lever trim for exit devices shall be vandal- resistant type, which will travel to a 90- degree
down position when more than 35 pounds of torque are applied, and which can easily be
re -set. Trim shall be heavy duty type and fastened by means of concealed welded lugs
and thru bolts from the inside. Lever trim shall be forged brass with a minimum average
thickness on the escutcheon of .130 ". Plate with pull shall be minimum average thickness
of .090" and have forged pulls.
10. Trim: as specified in sets, function numbers as listed in sets. Levers to match lockset
design.
11. Exit devices shall be UL listed panic exit hardware. All exit devices for fire rated
openings shall be UL labeled fire exit hardware.
12. Provide cylinder dogging on panic exit hardware.
13. Furnish glass bead kits for exit devices as required.
14. Plastic templates shall be included with each exit device to facilitate a quick, easy and
accurate installation.
15. Through Bolts: For exit devices and trim on metal doors, non - fire -rated wood doors, fire -
rated wood doors and fire -rated metal doors.
16. After installation of all exit devices, General Contractor to have Manufacturer's
representative inspect installation. Representative shall submit a written report to the
Architect with copies to the General Contractor and hardware supplier upon completion of
service. This report shall include any installation errors, noting door.
2.11 PUSH AND PULL HARDWARE
A. Manufacturers:
1. Ives
2, Rockwood
3. Trimco
B. Push -Pull Design. As scheduled.
2.12 CLOSERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. LCN
B. Surface Closer:
1. Closers shall conform to ANSI A156.4 Grade 1 and UL 10C
2. Closers shall have fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action with a high strength cast iron
cylinder and one piece forged steel piston. Cylinder body to have 1'/2" piston diameter
with 11/16" journal double heat treated shaft, 5/8" full complement bearing, chrome
silicon steel spring.
3. Hydraulic fluid of a type requires no seasonal adjustments; fluid has constant
temperature control from 49° C to —35° C.
4. Spring power shall be continuously adjustable over the full range of closer sizes, and
allow for reduced opening force for the physically handicapped. Cylinder body to have
"FAST" power adjust speed dial to show spring size power.
5. Hydraulic regulation shall be by tamper - proof, non - critical valves, adjustable with a hex
wrench. Closers shall have separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and
backcheck.
6. Closers will have Powder coating finish certified to exceed 100 hours salt spray testing by
ETL, an independent testing laboratory used by BHMA for ANSI certification. Provide
special rust inhibitor finish (SRI) where specified,
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-13 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
7. Refer to door and frame details, furnish accessories such as drop plates, special
templates, spacers and supports as required to correctly install door closers. Install
closers to allow maximum degree of opening, position backcheck to activate well in
advance of the stop position to cushion the opening swing and prevent door and frame
damage. Do not us the door closer to stop door travel.
8. Through Bolts: For surface closers at metal doors, fire -rated metal doors, non -fire -rated
wood doors, and fire -rated wood doors.
9. Coordinate with door manufacturer that the top rail of the door is sized appropriately for
the surface closer.
10. Doors swinging into exit corridors should provide for corridor clear width as required by
applicable codes.
11. Install closers on room side of corridor doors, inside of exterior doors, and stair side of
stairway doors.
12. Door closer with Pressure Relief Valves are not accepted.
C. Surface automatic operators (Electric)
1. Operation: Push button, push plate,
manual /electric power assisted Push
holding; comply with ANSI Al 56.19.
2. Close door against stop after each
switch- activated, manual or field- programmable
'N' Go opening with Power Boost closing and
cycle, and hold against drafts, winds and stack
pressure.
3. Cycle Testing: 10 Million automated cycles.
4. Reduced Manual Opening Force: 11 Ibs -force (50 N) maximum.
5. Manual "Off/Auto /Hold- Open" switch.
6. Fail safe: In event of power failure, door shall operate manually with controlled spring
close as though equipped with a manual door closer, without damage to operator
components.
7. On board 1 amp (24VAC) power supply for electric strikes and accessories.
8. Accessory Connection — dedicated and clearly labeled connectors.
9. Power Boost Disable —Power Boost shall shut off when activate signal is received and
the Power Boost cycle has been initiated.
10. Auto Reverse Open — door will stop and reverse if an object is encountered in the
opening cycle.
11. Provide adjustment by digital interface via keypad input in a self- contained housing for:
a. Opening speed.
b. Backcheck speed.
C. Push 'N' Go
d. Hold -open - settings from 2 to 32 seconds.
e. Auto Reverse Closing Force — door will safely stop and reverse if an object if
encountered in the closing cycle.
f. Delayed activation to provide 1 second delay between reception of the activation
signal and actual opening of the door.
g. Adjustable latching force from 0 to 23 degrees from fully closed position.
h. Alternate Action single activation to keep door open until 2nd activation occurs.
i. Electric Lock Relay — Fail Safe (SA), Fail Secure (SE), or Off
j. Adjustable Backcheck position in increments of 5 degrees from 45 — 80 degrees of
opening
k. Logic terminal for interface with accessories, mats, and sensors.
I. Safety Slow /Stop
M. Power Boost — latching feature which applies an additional 25 pounds closing
force.
D. Equipment: Completely electromechanical; comply with ANSI A156.19, UL 325, and UL 1998.
1. Control box and motor /gear box: Contained in aluminum housing.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 08 7100 -14 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
2.
Precision - machined gears and bearing seats and all- weather lubricant, mounted on
vibration isolators. No exposed gears. Gears: Precision manufactured gears specifically
for operators.
3.
Enclosure: Extruded header concealing all operating parts except arms and manual
control switches.
a. Design for surface - applied application
b. 4 -1 /2" x 5 -3/4" aluminum housing
C. Design for exterior and interior application.
4.
Motor: 1/12 hp DC permanent magnet motor with shielded ball bearings. Stop motor
when door stops or is fully open and when breakaway is operated.
5.
Door operating arm: Forged steel, attached at natural pivot point of door.
6.
Exposed arms: Surface push /pull arm is cast and machined. Factory- painted and
finished to match operator enclosure.
7.
"Off /Auto /Hold- Open" switch: Three - position rocker or key type and slide arm for top of
door.
8.
Control circuits for actuators and safeties: Low - voltage, NEC Class Il.
9.
Service conditions: Satisfactory operation between -30 degrees F ( -34 degrees C) and
160 degrees F (71 degrees C).
10.
Power supply required: 115 VAC (15 amp circuit breaker, one per unit).
11.
Microprocessor control: 115 VAC.
12.
Surface - Applied Mounting: On surface of door frame /wall, mounted 1" (25.4 mm) above
top of door.
13.
Provide bottom loading header for access to controls and removable components without
removal of door or operator.
E. Activators:
1. Furnish actuators and other controls as shown in Hardware Sets.
F. Markings:
1. Decals: Visible from either side, instructing the user as to the operation and function of
the door.
G. Provide complete with drop plates, brackets, or adapters for arms as required to suit details.
H. Provide plenum -rated type cable where required.
I. Hardware supplier shall provide point -to -point wiring diagrams for automatic operator(s) to
general and electrical contractor prior to electrical rough in. Electrical contractor shall provide
120VAC to operator and provide and install wiring low voltage wiring from operator to actuators.
2.13 STOPS AND HOLDERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Ives
2. Rockwood
3. Trimco
B. Provide wall stops for doors, unless other type stops are scheduled or indicated. Where wall
stops are not appropriate, provide overhead stops.
C. Wrought, forged, or cast, approximately 2 -1/2 inch diameter, convex or concave rubber center
according to lock type, concealed fasteners.
D. Silencers for Door Frames: Neoprene or rubber; fabricated for drilled -in application to frame.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-15 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
2.14 OVERHEAD HOLDERS AND STOPS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Glynn Johnson
2. Rixson
3. ABH
B. Type, function and fasteners shall be as specified. Size per manufacturer's selector chart.
Plastic end caps, hold open mechanisms and shock blocks are not allowed. End caps must be
finished same as balance of unit.
C. When the overhead holder or stop is installed with a surface closer, template closer to work with
the stop or holder. Provide mounting plates with closer as required.
2.15 KICK PLATES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Ives
2. Rockwood
3. Trimco
B. Furnish .050 inches thick, 10" high x door width less 2" at single doors and less 1" at pairs on
push side, beveled top, bottom, and 2 sides with counter sink holes for fasteners. Where glass
or louvers prevent this height, supply with height equal to height of bottom rail less 2 ".
C. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard machine or self- tapping screws.
2.16 THRESHOLDS
A. Manufacturers:
1. National Guard Products
2. Pemko
3. Zero International
B. Accessibility Requirements: Where thresholds are indicated to comply with accessibility
requirements, comply with the Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities ANSI A117.1
C. Type as listed in sets.
D. Threshold shall have a skid resistant textured surface.
E. Cope at jambs.
F. Furnish with non - ferrous Stainless Steel Screws and Lead Anchors.
2.17 DOOR BOTTOMS
A. Manufacturers:
1. National Guard Products
2. Pemko
3. Zero International
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-16 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
C7
7
0 B. Type as listed in sets.
C. Supplier shall provide door bottoms where smoke door assemblies are installed where
pressurization is provided to restrict smoke movement.
2.18 WEATHER- STRIPPING
A. Manufacturers:
1. National Guard Products
2. Zero International
3. Reese
B. Door Gasketing: Provide continuous weather -strip gasketing on exterior doors and provide
smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated or scheduled. Provide non-
corrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated. Type as listed in sets.
1. Apply to head and jamb stops.
C. Fire, Smoke and Draft Control Seals:
1. Smoke - Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and
labeled based on testing according to UL 1784.
2. Fire - Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled
based on testing according to UL 10C.
3. Gaskets must comply with UL10C.
4. Intumescent seals shall be provided by the wood door manufacturer.
2.19 LATCH PROTECTORS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Ives
2. Rockwood
3. Trimco
B. Latch protectors shall be 12 gage steel with LISP and be of the type required to work with the
specified latch. USP latch protectors shall be field painted to match the door and frame
2.20 FIRE DEPARTMENT LOCK BOX
A. Provide Knox Model No. 3200 Knox Vault (recessed or surface mount as required by Owner) or
other lock box as required by local fire department, in quantity and location as directed by the
fire department and approved by the Architect. Recessed mount shall be furnished with
recessed mounting kit (RMK) for new concrete or masonry construction.
B. Furnish items not categorized in the above descriptions but specified by manufacturer's names
in Hardware Sets.
2.21 FABRICATION
A. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal, fabricated by forming method
indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness.
Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units and
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-17 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
2.22 FASTENERS
A. Including, but not limited to, wood or machine screws, bolts, bolts, nuts, anchors, etc. of proper
type, material, and finish required for installation of hardware.
B. Use phillips head for exposed screws. Do not use aluminum screws to attach hardware.
C. Provide self- tapping (TEC) screws for attachment of sweeps and stop - applied weatherstripping
only.
D. Through Bolts: For exit devices and surface closers on non -rated metal doors, fire -rated metal
doors non - fire -rated wood doors, and fire -rated wood doors unless door blocking is provided:
2.23 FINISHES
A. Generally, Satin Bronze, US10 / BHMA 612/639. Thresholds shall be Brass or Bronze.
Weatherstrip shall be Dark Bronze Anodized Aluminum. Closers shall be Powder Coated
Bronze (BHMA 691). .
B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,
temporary protective covering before shipping.
C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are
acceptable if they are within one -half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations
in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are
acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to
minimize contrast.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 ACCEPTABLEINSTALLERS
A. Factory trained and certified by the lock, closer and panic hardware manufacturers. Alternative:
can demonstrate suitably equivalent competence and experience.
B. Automatic operator installer shall be factory trained, certified by AAADM, and experienced to
perform the work.
3.2 EXAMINATION
A. The General Contractor in conjunction with the hardware installer and supplying distributor shall
examine doors and frames as follows.
1. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor
construction, and other conditions affecting performance. Ensure that walls and frames
are square and plumb before hardware installation.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-18 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
2. Examine roughing -in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring
connections before electrified door hardware installation.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Wood Doors: Comply with DHI Al 15-W series.
B. Steel Doors and Frames: Comply with DHI A115 series.
1. Surface - Applied Door Hardware: Drill and tap doors and frames according to ANSI /SDI
A250.6 -97.
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and applicable requirements of
SDI, WDMA, NFPA 80, BHMA, and DHI.
B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. NOTE: NO
POWER DRIVEN TOOLS SHALL BE USED FOR INSTALLATION OF LOCKSETS AND
HARDWARE ON DOORS.
1. Installer may leave hardware items in place during finishing work provided such items are
fully masked and protected. Remove finish materials which may penetrate masking,
without damage to hardware or its finish or replace as required.
C. Use the templates provided by hardware item manufacturer.
D. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable
publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations:
1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural
Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames."
2. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for
Wood Flush Doors."
3. Conform to ANSI A117.1 for positioning requirements for the handicapped.
E. Process hardware for aluminum doors in accordance with DHI handbook, Processing Hardware
for Custom Aluminum Doors and Frames.
F. Wherever cutting and fitting are required to install hardware on surfaces which are to be painted
or finished by others, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation or application of surface
protections with finishing work specified in other Sections. Do not install surface - mounted items
until finishes have been completed on the substrate. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and
location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as required for proper installation and
operation.
G. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment
substrate as required for proper installation and operation.
H. Drill and countersink units, which are not factory- prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space
fasteners and anchors in accordance with referenced standards.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-19 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
I. Drill pilot holes for fasteners in wood doors and /or frames. 0
J. Drawings typically depict doors at 90 degrees; doors will actually swing to maximum allowable.
Template hardware for maximum allowable degree of swing.
K. Cut and fit threshold to profile of door frames. Use single piece units.
L. Gaskets: install jamb - applied gaskets before closers, overhead stops, rim strikes, etc. Install
sweeps across bottoms of doors before astragals, cope sweeps around bottom pivots, trim
astragals to tops of sweeps. Door Jambs must be cleaned of all dirt, grease, oil, solvents or
solvent residue and dust before applying Pressure - Sensitive Adhesive backed Gasketing,
Smoke Seal or Weatherstripping.
M. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying
with requirements specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."
N. Locate floor stops where they do not impede traffic
O. Automatic operator installation:
1. Do not install damaged components. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and
distortion. Rigidly secure non - movement joints.
2. Mounting: Install door units plumb, level and true to line, without warp or rack of frames
with manufacturers prescribed tolerances.
3. Anchor securely in place.
a. Install surface - mounted hardware using concealed fasteners to greatest extent
possible.
b. Set headers and arms level and true to location with anchorage for permanent
support.
4. Install actuators where indicated, wire to operator(s) as required.
5. Door Operators: Connect door operators to electrical power distribution system as
specified in Division16 Sections.
6. Sealants: Comply with requirements specified in Division? Section "Joint Sealants" to
provide weather tight installation.
7. General or Electrical Contractor to install all wiring to operator on a separate circuit
breaker routed into header. Install low voltage wiring from actuators to operator.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. See Section 01 7000. Adjust and check each operating hardware item, and each door assembly
to ensure proper operation and function. Lubricate moving parts with lubrication type
recommended by manufacturer.
B. Replace units, which cannot be adjusted and lubricated to operate freely and smoothly.
C. Hardware damaged by improper installation or adjustment methods to be repaired or replaced
to Owner's satisfaction.
D. Make final adjustments and lubrication immediately prior to final acceptance.
1. Door Closers: Closers shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 90 degrees, the
time required to move the door to an open position of 12 degrees shall be 5 seconds
minimum.
2. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating
equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-20 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
3. Door control devices backcheck shall be properly located for protection of the door,
frame, and applied hardware.
4. Test door hardware operation with climate control system both at rest and while in full
operation.
E. Check latchset, lockset, and exit devices are properly installed and adjusted to ensure proper
operation.
1. Verify levers are free from binding.
2. Ensure latchbolts and dead bolts are engaged into strike and hardware is functioning.
3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. See Section 01 7000.
B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation.
C. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish.
D. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or
deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
3.7 FINAL ADJUSTMENT
A. Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy
of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and
4W make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating
items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door
control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment.
B. Operator Training: Instruct operating staff in proper operation of access control system,
including hands -on training. Minimum of eight (8) man -hours covering the operations for
each system installed.
3.8 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain door hardware and door hardware finishes.
3.9 CLEANUP
A. Remove protective material from hardware where present.
B. Upon completion and verification of performance of installation, remove surplus materials,
excess materials, rubbish, tools and equipment.
3.10 ACCEPTANCE
A. Warranty shall not start until Owner Acceptance. Acceptance shall be withheld until the
following activities have been successfully completed:
1. Commissioning per paragraph 1.11.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-21 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
2. Delivery and Acceptance of all Operations and maintenance manuals.
3.11 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
A. It is intended the following schedule include all item of finish hardware necessary to complete
the work; if a discrepancy is found in the schedule, such as a missing item, improper hardware
for frame, door, or fire codes, the Preamble will be the deciding document.
B. Hardware supplier is responsible for handing and sizing all products as listed in the hardware
heading. Quantities listed are for each pair of doors, or for each single door.
C. Manufacturer Legend:
1.
(BES) Best Access Systems
2.
(BYO) By Others
3.
(DLR) Hardware Dealer /Supplier
4.
(GLY) Glynn Johnson
5.
(IVE) Ives
6.
(LCN) LCN
7.
(NGP) National Guard Products
8.
(PEM) Pemko
9.
(ROC) Rockwood
10.
(SCH) Schlage
11.
(SOS) Soss Invisible
12.
(VON) Von Duprin
HW SET: 01
DOOR NUMBER:
103A 103B 309C
EACH TO HAVE:
ALL HARDWARE BY DOOR MANUFACTURER
HW SET: 02
DOOR NUMBER:
202A 305A 309B
EACH TO HAVE:
3 EA
HINGE
3CB1
IVE
1 EA
STOREROOM LOCK
ND96TD SPA
SCH
1 EA
CORE ONLY
23 -030
SCH
1 EA
CLOSER WITH STOP ARM4041 SCUSH - ST -1595 — USE SHCUSH AT 3098
LCN
1 EA
KICK PLATE
8400 10" HIGH
IVE
1 EA
SEALS
70OSDKB AT HEAD - INSTALL BEFORE
NGP
SURFACE CLOSER
2 EA
SEALS
700ESDKB AT JAMBS
NGP
1 EA
DRIP CAP
16DKB X FRAME WIDTH
NGP
1 EA
DOOR SWEEP
198NDKB
NGP
1 EA
THRESHOLD
613BR SIA - OR AS SHOWN AT SILL DETAIL
NGP
1 EA
LOCK GUARD
LG12
IVE
USE 4 HINGES AT 8' DOORS.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-22 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
HW SET: 03
DOOR NUMBER
123A
EACH TO HAVE:
3 EA
HINGE
1 EA
STOREROOM LOCK
1 EA
CORE ONLY
1 EA
SURFACE CLOSER
1 EA
KICK PLATE
1 EA
WALL STOP
3 EA
SILENCER
HW SET: 04
DOOR NUMBER
138A 210A 211A
3CB1
ND80TD SPA
23 -030
4041 RW /PA - INSTALL REGULAR ARM
8400 10" HIGH
WS4061WS407 - WHERE REQUIRED
SR64 /SR65 - AS REQUIRED
104A
105A 121A
3 EA HINGE
EACH TO
HAVE:
1 EA STOREROOM LOCK
3
EA
HINGE
3CB1
1
EA
STOREROOM LOCK
ND80TD SPA
1
EA
CORE ONLY
23 -030
1
EA
CLOSER WITH STOP ARM4041
CUSH
1
EA
KICK PLATE
8400 10" HIGH
3
EA
SILENCER
SR64 /SR65 - AS REQUIRED
HW SET: 05
DOOR NUMBER
122A
IVE
SCH
SCH
LCN
IVE
IVE
IVE
IVE
SCH
SCH
LCN
IVE
IVE
EACH TO HAVE:
3 EA HINGE
3CB1
IVE
1 EA STOREROOM LOCK
ND80TD SPA
SCH
1 EA CORE ONLY
23 -030
SCH
1 EA CLOSER WITH STOP
4041 CUSH
LCN
ARM
1 EA KICK PLATE
8400 10" HIGH
IVE
4 €A l�in�.nLL orn°
A
1 SET SEALS
5050B HEAD AND JAMBS
NGP
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100 -23 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
HW SET: 06
DOOR NUMBER:
106A
EACH TO HAVE
8 EA
HINGE
3CB1HW
IVE
1 SET
CONST LATCHING BOLT
FB51P
IVE
1 EA
DUST PROOF STRIKE
DP1
IVE
1 EA
STORE LOCK
ND66TD SPA
SCH
2 EA
CORE ONLY
23 -030
SCH
1 EA
COORDINATOR
COR X FL
IVE
1 EA
ASTRAGAL
355DS - INSTALL OUTSIDE FACE OF ACTIVE
PEM
LEAF
2 EA
CLOSER WITH STOP ARM4041 SCUSH
LCN
2 EA
MOUNTING BRACKETS
MB1 OR MB2 - AS REQUIRED
IVE
2 EA
KICK PLATE
8400 10" HIGH
IVE
1 EA
SEALS
5050B AT HEAD
NGP
2 EA
SEALS
700ESDKB AT JAMBS
NGP
1 EA
DRIP CAP
16DKB X FRAME WIDTH
NGP
2 EA
DOOR SWEEP
198NDKB
NGP
1 EA
THRESHOLD
613BR SIA - OR AS SHOWN AT SILL DETAIL
NGP
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-24 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
HW SET: 07
DOOR NUMBER:
102A
EACH TO HAVE:
1
EA
POWER TRANSFER
EPT
VON
1
EA
CONTINUOUS HINGE
700
IVE
1
EA
CONTINUOUS HINGE
700 EPT
IVE
1
EA
PANIC HARDWARE
CD3547A -EO
VON
1
EA
PANIC HARDWARE
CDLX3547A -NL -OP
VON
1
EA
RIM CYLINDER
20- 057 -ICX
SCH
2
EA
MORTISE CYLINDER
20- 061 -ICX - XQ11 -948
SCH
3
EA
CORE ONLY
23 -030
SCH
2
EA
DOOR PULL
RM3311 MP X DOOR HEIGHT - COORDINATE
ROC
HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT
EA
ASTRAGAL
DOOR /FRAME MANUFACTURERS STANDARD
BYO
1
EA
SURFACE CLOSER
4041 RW /PA - 4040 -18G - INSTALL TOP JAMB
LCN
1
EA
AUTO.OPERATOR
9542
LCN
1
EA
OVERHEAD STOP
100S AT DOOR WITH SURFACE CLOSER
GLY
1
SET
SEALS
DOOR /FRAME MANUFACTURERS STANDARD
BYO
2
EA
DOOR BOTTOM
DOOR /FRAME MANUFACTURERS STANDARD
BYO
1
EA
THRESHOLD
613BR SIA - OR AS SHOWN AT SILL DETAIL
NGP
1
EA
ACTUATOR, JAMB
8310 -818T
LCN
MOUNT
1
EA
ACTUATOR, WALL
8310 -853T
LCN
MOUNT
1
EA
BOLLARD POST
8310 -866
LCN
1
EA
JOBSITE SUPERVISION
AS REQUIRED BY SUPPLIER FOR ELECTRICAL
DLR
PRODUCTS
1
EA
WIRING DIAGRAM
POINT TO POINT WIRING DIAGRAM - AS
DLR
REQUIRED
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: DAYTIME MODE - LATCHES OF PANIC HARDWARE ARE
MECHANICALLY "DOGGED" FOR PUSH /PULL OPERATION. PRESSING EITHER ACTUATOR
OPENS DOOR.
NIGHT
TIME MODE - DOOR IS LOCKED, LATCHBOLT SWITCH IN PANIC HARDWARE
DEACTIVATES OUTSIDE ACTUATOR.
PANIC HARDWARE INSIDE IS ALWAYS OPERABLE FOR
EGRESS.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-25 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
HW SET: 08
DOOR NUMBER:
102B
EACH TO HAVE:
2 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE
2 SET PUSH /PULL
1 EA
SURFACE CLOSER
1 EA
AUTO.OPERATOR
1 EA
OVERHEAD STOP
1 SET
SEALS
2 EA
DOOR BOTTOM
1 EA
THRESHOLD
2 EA
ACTUATOR, WALL
MOUNT
700
RM331IMP X DOOR HEIGHT - COORDINATE
HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT
4041 RW /PA - 4040 -18G - INSTALL TOP JAMB
9542
100S AT DOOR WITH SURFACE CLOSER
DOOR/FRAME MANUFACTURERS STANDARD
DOOR/FRAME MANUFACTURERS STANDARD
613BR SIA - OR AS SHOWN AT SILL DETAIL
8310 -853T
1 EA JOBSITE SUPERVISION AS REQUIRED BY SUPPLIER FOR ELECTRICAL
PRODUCTS
1 EA WIRING DIAGRAM POINT TO POINT WIRING DIAGRAM - AS
REQUIRED
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: PRESSING EITHER ACTUATOR OPENS DOOR.
HW SET: 09
DOOR NUMBER:
101B
EACH TO HAVE:
1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE
1 EA PANIC HARDWARE
1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER
1 EA
MORTISE CYLINDER
2 EA
CORE ONLY
1 EA
SURFACE CLOSER
1 EA
OVERHEAD STOP
1 SET
SEALS
HW SET: 10
DOOR NUMBER:
115A 117A 304A
EACH TO HAVE:
3 EA HINGE
1 EA PASSAGE SET
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER
EA KICK PLATE
EA WALL STOP
SET SEALS
700
CD35A -L - 360L - 17
20- 061 -ICX - WITH REQUIRED CAM AND TRIM
RING(S)
20- 061 -ICX - XQ11 -948
23 -030
4041 RW /PA - 4040 -18G - INSTALL TOP JAMB
100S
DOOR/FRAME MANUFACTURERS STANDARD
3CB1 HW
ND10S SPA
4041 RW /PA - INSTALL REGULAR ARM
8400 18" HIGH
WS4061WS407
5050B HEAD AND JAMBS
IVE
ROC
LCN
LCN
GLY
BYO
BYO
NGP
LCN
DLR
DLR
IVE
VON
SCH
SCH
SCH
LCN
GLY
BYO
IVE
SCH
LCN
IVE
IVE
NGP
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-26 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
HW SET: 11
DOOR NUMBER:
116A
EACH TO HAVE
3 EA
HINGE
3CB1
IVE
1 EA
PRIVACY LOCK
L9496T 17B - L583 -363 - WITH OCCUPANCY
SCH
SCH
1 EA CORE ONLY
INDICATOR
SCH
1 EA
CORE ONLY
23 -030
SCH
1 EA
CLOSER WITH STOP
ARM4041 CUSH
LCN
1 EA
KICK PLATE
8400 18" HIGH
IVE
1 SET
SEALS
5050B HEAD AND JAMBS
NGP
1 EA
DOOR BOTTOM
423N
NGP
HW SET: 12
DOOR NUMBER:
116B 207A -A
EACH TO HAVE:
3 EA HINGE
3CB1
IVE
1 EA STOREROOM LOCK
ND80TD SPA
SCH
1 EA CORE ONLY
23 -030
SCH
1 EA OVERHEAD STOP
450S
GLY
1 EA KICK PLATE
8400 10" HIGH
IVE
3 EA SILENCER
SR64 /SR65 - AS REQUIRED
IVE
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center
087100-27
DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado
10 March 2011
Addendum 4
HW SET: 13
DOOR NUMBER:
31 OA
EACH TO HAVE
2 EA
CONTINUOUS HINGE
700
IVE
2 EA
PANIC HARDWARE
CD3547A -L - 360L - 17
VON
2 EA
MORTISE CYLINDER
20- 061 -ICX - WITH REQUIRED CAM AND TRIM
SCH
4 €A
R144 C-M nvncn
RING(S)
Gc
2 EA
MORTISE CYLINDER
20- 061 -ICX - XQ11 -948
SCH
4 EA
CORE ONLY
23 -030
SCH
1 EA
ASTRAGAL
DOOR/FRAME MANUFACTURERS STANDARD
BYO
2 EA
SURFACE CLOSER
4041 RW /PA - 4040 -18G - INSTALL TOP JAMB
LCN
2 EA
OVERHEAD STOP
100S
GLY
1 SET
SEALS
DOORFRAME MANUFACTURERS STANDARD
BYO
2 EA
DOOR BOTTOM
DOOR /FRAME MANUFACTURERS STANDARD
BYO
1 EA
THRESHOLD
613BR SIA - OR AS SHOWN AT SILL DETAIL
NGP
HW SET: 14
DOOR NUMBER:
125B
EACH TO HAVE
3 EA
HINGE
3CB1HW
IVE
1 EA
FIRE EXIT HARDWARE
98EO -F
VON
1 EA
KEYPAD EXIT TRIM
EXZ- O- EV- I4- KP- VD9- RM -SCHRC
BES
4 €A
R144 C-M nvncn
2-0 067-/a
Gc
1 EA
CONSTRUCTION CORE
23- 030 -ICX
SCH
1 EA
CORE ONLY
23 -030
SCH
1 EA
CLOSER WITH STOP ARM4041 SCUSH - ST -1595
LCN
1 EA
KICK PLATE
8400 10" HIGH
IVE
1 EA
SEALS
70OSDKB AT HEAD - INSTALL BEFORE
NGP
SURFACE CLOSER
2 EA
SEALS
700ESDKB AT JAMBS
NGP
1 EA
DRIP CAP
16DKB X FRAME WIDTH
NGP
1 EA
DOOR SWEEP
198NDKB
NGP
1 EA
THRESHOLD
613BR SIA - OR AS SHOWN AT SILL DETAIL
NGP
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-28 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
HW SET: 15
DOOR NUMBER:
101A 1134
EACH TO HAVE:
1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE
1 EA PANIC HARDWARE
1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER
1 EA
MORTISE CYLINDER
2 EA
CORE ONLY
1 EA
SURFACE CLOSER
1 EA
OVERHEAD STOP
1 SET
SEALS
1 EA
DOOR BOTTOM
1 EA
THRESHOLD
HW SET: 16
DOOR NUMBER:
112A
700
CD35A -L - 360L - 17
20- 061 -ICX - WITH REQUIRED CAM AND TRIM
RING(S)
20- 061 -ICX - XQ11 -948
23 -030
4041 RW /PA - 4040 -18G - INSTALL TOP JAMB
100S
DOOR/FRAME MANUFACTURERS STANDARD
DOOR /FRAME MANUFACTURERS STANDARD
613BR SIA - OR AS SHOWN AT SILL DETAIL
EACH TO HAVE:
4 EA
3
EA
HINGE
3CB1 HW
1
EA
STORE LOCK
ND66TD SPA
4L 2
EA
CORE ONLY
23 -030
1
EA
CLOSER WITH STOP ARM4041 SCUSH - ST -1595
1
EA
KICK PLATE
8400 10" HIGH
1
EA
SEALS
70OSDKB AT HEAD - INSTALL BEFORE
SURFACE CLOSER
2
EA
SEALS
700ESDKB AT JAMBS
1
EA
DRIP CAP
16DKB X FRAME WIDTH
1
EA
DOOR SWEEP
198NDKB
1
EA
THRESHOLD
613BR SIA - OR AS SHOWN AT SILL DETAIL
1
EA
LOCK GUARD
LG12
HW SET: 17
DOOR NUMBER:
110B
EACH TO HAVE:
4 EA
HINGE
1 EA
PANIC HARDWARE
1 EA
RIM CYLINDER
1 EA
MORTISE CYLINDER
2 EA
CORE ONLY
1 EA
SURFACE CLOSER
1 EA
KICK PLATE
1 EA
WALL STOP
3 EA
SILENCER
3CB1HW
CD98L - 996L - 17
20 -057 -ICX
20- 061 -ICX - XQ11 -948
23 -030
4041 RW /PA - INSTALL PARALLEL ARM
8400 10" HIGH
WS406/WS407
SR64 /SR65 - AS REQUIRED
IVE
VON
SCH
SCH
SCH
LCN
G LY
BYO
BYO
NGP
IVE
SCH
SCH
LCN
IVE
NGP
NGP
NGP
NGP
NGP
IVE
IVE
VON
SCH
SCH
SCH
LCN
IVE
IVE
IVE
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-29 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
HW SET: 18
DOOR NUMBER:
125A
EACH TO HAVE
6 EA
HINGE
3CB1
IVE
1 SET
CONST LATCHING BOLT
FB51 P
IVE
1 EA
DUST PROOF STRIKE
DP1
IVE
1 EA
KEYPAD LOCK
93KZ- 0- DV- 14- KP- S3 -SCHRC
BES
1 EA
CONSTRUCTION CORE
23- 030 -ICX
SCH
1 EA
CORE ONLY
23 -030
SCH
1 EA
COORDINATOR
COR X FL
IVE
1 EA
ASTRAGAL
355DS - INSTALL OUTSIDE FACE OF ACTIVE
PEM
LEAF
2 EA
CLOSER WITH STOP ARM4041 SCUSH ST-1
LCN
2 EA
MOUNTING BRACKETS
MB1 OR MB2 - AS REQUIRED
IVE
2 EA
KICK PLATE
8400 10" HIGH
IVE
1 EA
SEALS
5050B AT HEAD
NGP
2 EA
SEALS
700ESDKB AT JAMBS
NGP
1 EA
DRIP CAP
16DKB X FRAME WIDTH
NGP
2 EA
DOOR SWEEP
198NDKB
NGP
1 EA
THRESHOLD
613BR SIA - OR AS SHOWN AT SILL DETAIL
NGP
HW SET: 19
DOOR NUMBER:
201A 301A
EACH TO HAVE
8 EA
HINGE
3CB1HW
IVE
2 EA
FIRE EXIT HARDWARE
9847L -F - 996L - 17
VON
2 EA
RIM CYLINDER
20- 057 -ICX
SCH
2 EA
CORE ONLY
23 -030
SCH
1 SET
ASTRAGAL
A605DKB
NGP
2 EA
CLOSER WITH STOP ARM4041
SCUSH - ST -1595
LCN
2 EA
KICK PLATE
8400 10" HIGH
IVE
1 EA
SEALS
70OSDKB AT HEAD - INSTALL BEFORE
NGP
SURFACE CLOSER
2 EA
SEALS
700ESDKB AT JAMBS
NGP
1 EA
DRIP CAP
16DKB X FRAME WIDTH
NGP
2 EA
DOOR SWEEP
198NDKB
NGP
1 EA
THRESHOLD
613BR SIA - OR AS SHOWN AT SILL DETAIL
NGP
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-30 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
HW SET: 20
DOOR
NUMBER:
201 B
1 EA
EACH
TO HAVE:
6
EA HINGE
2
EA PANIC HARDWARE
2
EA RIM CYLINDER
2
EA MORTISE CYLINDER
4
EA CORE ONLY
2
EA SURFACE CLOSER
2
EA KICK PLATE
2
EA WALL STOP
2
EA SILENCER
180°
SWING
HW SET: 21
DOOR NUMBER:
203A 204A 205A
EACH TO HAVE:
3 EA HINGE
1 EA ENTRANCE LOCK
1 EA CORE ONLY
1 EA WALL STOP
3 EA SILENCER
HW SET: 22
DOOR NUMBER:
207A 208A
EACH TO HAVE:
3 EA HINGE
1 EA PRIVACY LOCK
1 EA
CORE ONLY
1 EA
SURFACE CLOSER
1 EA
KICK PLATE
1 EA
WALL STOP
1 SET
SEALS
1 EA
DOOR BOTTOM
3CB1 HW
CD9847L - 996L - 17
20 -057 -ICX
20- 061 -ICX - XQ11 -948
23 -030
4041 RW /PA - INSTALL PARALLEL ARM
8400 10" HIGH
WS406 /WS407
SR64 /SR65 - AS REQUIRED
206A
3CB1
ND53TD SPA
23 -030
WS4061WS407
SR64 /SR65 - AS REQUIRED
3CB1
L9496T 17B - L583 -363 - WITH OCCUPANCY
INDICATOR
23 -030
4041 RW /PA - INSTALL PARALLEL ARM —
INSTALL REGULAR ARM AT 207A
8400 10" HIGH
WS406 /WS407
5050B HEAD AND JAMBS
423N
IVE
VON
SCH
SCH
SCH
LCN
IVE
IVE
IVE
IVE
SCH
SCH
IVE
IVE
IVE
SCH
SCH
LCN
IVE
IVE
NGP
NGP
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-31 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
HW SET: 23
DOOR NUMBER:
212A
EACH TO HAVE:
HINGE
3CB1HW
3 EA HINGE
3CB1 HW
IVE
1 EA FIRE EXIT HARDWARE
98L -F - 996L - 17
VON
1 EA RIM CYLINDER
20- 057 -ICX
SCH
1 EA CORE ONLY
23 -030
SCH
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER
4041 RW /PA - INSTALL REGULAR ARM
LCN
1 EA KICK PLATE
8400 10" HIGH
IVE
1 EA WALL STOP
WS406 /WS407
IVE
1 SET SEALS
5050B HEAD AND JAMBS
NGP
HW SET: 24
DOOR NUMBER:
212B
EACH TO HAVE
3 EA
HINGE
3CB1HW
IVE
1 EA
STORE LOCK
ND66TD SPA
SCH
1 EA
CORE ONLY
23 -030
SCH
1 EA
SURFACE CLOSER
4041 RW /PA - INSTALL REGULAR ARM
LCN
1 EA
KICK PLATE
8400 10" HIGH
IVE
1 EA
WALL STOP
WS4061WS407
IVE
1 EA
SEALS
70OSDKB AT HEAD
NGP
2 EA
SEALS
700ESDKB AT JAMBS
NGP
1 EA
DOOR BOTTOM
11 9N - NOTCH FOR FRAME STOP,
NGP
COORDINATE WITH KP
1 EA
THRESHOLD
613BR SIA - OR AS SHOWN AT SILL DETAIL
NGP
HW SET: 25
DOOR NUMBER:
303A
EACH TO HAVE:
3 EA HINGE
3CB1HW
IVE
1 EA PASSAGE SET
ND10S SPA
SCH
1 EA SURFACE CLOSER
4041 RW /PA - ST -1630 -INSTALL REGULAR
LCN
ARM
1 EA OVERHEAD STOP
100S
GLY
1 EA KICK PLATE
8400 18" HIGH
IVE
1 SET SEALS
5050B HEAD AND JAMBS
NGP
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-32 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
0
H14ZS€7.- - SET NOT USED
DOOR N
3A
E,41 CH TO HA vc•
,6 €A 1{ENG€
2 €A A4ANIA41L FLUSH BOLT
4 €A DUSTPROOFS
-1 €y4
4 €A CORE 9NL Y
4 EA ROLLER B
2 €A :S,// Li�A//�FO
HW SET: 27
DOOR NUMBER:
308A
EACH TO HAVE
2 EA
CONTINUOUS HINGE
700
1 EA
PANIC HARDWARE
CD3547A -EO
1 EA
PANIC HARDWARE
CD3547A -NL -OP
1 EA
RIM CYLINDER
20- 057 -ICX
2 EA
MORTISE CYLINDER
20- 061 -ICX - XQ11 -948
3 EA
CORE ONLY
23 -030
2 EA
DOOR PULL
RM3311 MP X DOOR HEIGHT - COORDINATE
HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT
1 EA
ASTRAGAL
DOOR/FRAME MANUFACTURERS STANDARD
2 EA
SURFACE CLOSER
4041 RW /PA - 4040 -18G - INSTALL TOP JAMB
2 EA
OVERHEAD STOP
100S
1 SET
SEALS
DOORFRAME MANUFACTURERS STANDARD
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: DAYTIME
MODE - LATCHES OF PANIC HARDWARE ARE
MECHANICALLY "DOGGED" FOR PUSH /PULL OPERATION.
HW SET: 28
DOOR NUMBER:
309A
EACH TO HAVE:
1 SET
PIVOT SET
1 EA
MORTISE DEADBOLT
1 EA
CORE ONLY
2 EA
PUSH PLATE
1 EA
CONCEALED CLOSER
2 EA
KICK PLATE
1 EA
DOME STOP
EA WALL STOP
7255
L460T
23 -030
8200 6" X 16"
6031 H BUMPER
8400 22" HIGH - CLEAR PLASTIC
FS436 - INSTALL STOP WHERE IT DOES NOT
IMPEDE TRAFFIC
WS4061WS407
A4€
/I
WF
lam€
"
IVE
VON
VON
SCH
SCH
SCH
ROC
BYO
LCN
G LY
BYO
IVE
SCH
SCH
IVE
LCN
IVE
IVE
IVE
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-33 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
HW SET: 29
DOOR NUMBER:
311A
EACH TO HAVE:
HINGE
3CB1HW
6 EA
HINGE
3CB1
IVE
2 EA
MANUAL FLUSH BOLT
FB458
IVE
1 EA
DUST PROOF STRIKE
DP1
IVE
1 EA
STOREROOM LOCK
ND96TD SPA
SCH
1 EA
CORE ONLY
23 -030
SCH
1 EA
ASTRAGAL
158SDKB - INSTALL OUTSIDE FACE OF ACTIVE
NGP
IVE
1 EA
LEAF
70OSDKB AT HEAD
2 EA
OVERHEAD HOLDER
900H
GLY
2 EA
KICK PLATE
8400 10" HIGH
IVE
1 EA
SEALS
5050B AT HEAD
NGP
2 EA
SEALS
700ESDKB AT JAMBS
NGP
1 EA
DRIP CAP
16DKB X FRAME WIDTH
NGP
2 EA
DOOR SWEEP
198NDKB
NGP
1 EA
THRESHOLD
613BR SIA - OR AS SHOWN AT SILL DETAIL
NGP
HW SET: 30
DOOR NUMBER:
312A
EACH TO HAVE
3 EA
HINGE
3CB1HW
IVE
1 EA
FIRE EXIT HARDWARE
98L -F - 996L - 17
VON
1 EA
RIM CYLINDER
20- 057 -ICX
SCH
1 EA
CORE ONLY
23 -030
SCH
1 EA
SURFACE CLOSER
4041 RW /PA - INSTALL REGULAR ARM
LCN
1 EA
KICK PLATE
8400 10" HIGH
IVE
1 EA
WALL STOP
WS406 /WS407
IVE
1 EA
SEALS
70OSDKB AT HEAD
NGP
2 EA
SEALS
700ESDKB AT JAMBS
NGP
1 EA
DOOR BOTTOM
119NA - NOTCH FOR FRAME STOP,
NGP
COORDINATE WITH KP
1 EA
THRESHOLD
613BR SIA - OR AS SHOWN AT SILL DETAIL
NGP
HW SET: 31
DOOR NUMBER:
306A
EACH TO HAVE:
4 EA INVISIBLE HINGE 218 SOS
1 EA PUSH /PULL RM755 - 1/2" X 6" X 1 -3/4" ROC
1 EA MAGNETIC CATCH 327 IVE
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-34 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
HW SET: 32
DOOR NUMBER:
111A
EACH TO HAVE
3 EA
HINGE
3CB1
1 EA
FIRE EXIT HARDWARE
98L -F - 996L -NL - 17
1 EA
RIM CYLINDER
20- 057 -ICX
1 EA
CORE ONLY
23 -030
1 EA
SURFACE CLOSER
4041 RW /PA - INSTALL PARALLEL ARM
1 EA
KICK PLATE
8400 10" HIGH
1 EA
WALL STOP
WS4061WS407
1 SET
SEALS
5050B HEAD AND JAMBS
VERIFY WITH ELECTRICAL ENGINEER
IF PANIC HARDWARE IS REQUIRED, CHANGE TO
HARDWARE SET 05 IF PANIC IS NOT
REQUIRED.
HW SET. 33
DOOR NUMBER:
136A
EACH TO HAVE:
3
EA
HINGE
1
EA
KEYPAD LOCK
1
EA
CONSTRUCTION CORE
4L 1
EA
CORE ONLY
1
EA
CLOSER WITH STOP
SILENCER
ARM
1
EA
KICK PLATE
1
EA
SEALS
2
EA
SEALS
1
EA
DRIP CAP
1
EA
DOOR SWEEP
1
EA
THRESHOLD
1
EA
LOCK GUARD
3CB1
93KZ- 0- DV- 14 -KP -S3 -SCHRC
23 -030 -ICX
23 -030
4041 SCUSH - ST -1595
8400 10" HIGH
70OSDKB AT HEAD - INSTALL BEFORE
SURFACE CLOSER
700ESDKB AT JAMBS
16DKB X FRAME WIDTH
198NDKB
613BR SIA - OR AS SHOWN AT SILL DETAIL
LG12
HW SET: 34
DOOR NUMBER:
127A 129A 130A 133A
EACH TO HAVE:
3 EA
HINGE
1 EA
KEYPAD LOCK
1 EA
CONSTRUCTION CORE
1 EA
CORE ONLY
1 EA
SURFACE CLOSER
1 EA
KICK PLATE
1 EA
WALL STOP
3 EA
SILENCER
3CB1
93KZ- 0- DV- 14 -KP -S3 -SCHRC
23 -030 -ICX
23 -030
4041 RW /PA - INSTALL REGULAR ARM
8400 10" HIGH
WS4061WS407 - WHERE REQUIRED
SR641SR65 - AS REQUIRED
IVE
VON
SCH
SCH
LCN
IVE
IVE
NGP
IVE
BES
SCH
SCH
LCN
IVE
NGP
NGP
NGP
NGP
NGP
IVE
IVE
BES
SCH
SCH
LCN
IVE
IVE
IVE
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-35 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
HW SET. 35
DOOR NUMBER:
113A
EACH TO HAVE:
1 EA POWER TRANSFER
1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE
1 EA PANIC HARDWARE
1 EA DOOR PULL
1 EA
RIM CYLINDER
1 EA
MORTISE CYLINDER
2 EA
CORE ONLY
1 EA
AUTO. OPERATOR
1 SET SEALS
1 EA
DOOR BOTTOM
1 EA
THRESHOLD
2 EA
ACTUATOR, WALL
SCH
MOUNT
EPT
VON
700 EPT
IVE
CD35A -NL -OP
VON
RM3311 MP X DOOR HEIGHT - COORDINATE
ROC
HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT
ARM
20 -057 -ICX
SCH
20- 061 -ICX - XQ11 -948
SCH
23 -030
SCH
9542
LCN
DOORFRAME MANUFACTURERS STANDARD
BYO
DOORFRAME MANUFACTURERS STANDARD
BYO
613BR SIA - OR AS SHOWN AT SILL DETAIL
NGP
8310 -853T
LCN
1 EA JOBSITE SUPERVISION AS REQUIRED BY SUPPLIER FOR DLR
ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS
1 EA WIRING DIAGRAM POINT TO POINT WIRING DIAGRAM - AS DLR
REQUIRED
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: DAYTIME MODE - LATCHES OF PANIC HARDWARE ARE
MECHANICALLY "DOGGED" FOR PUSH /PULL OPERATION. PRESSING EITHER ACTUATOR
OPENS DOOR.
NIGHTTIME MODE -DOOR IS LOCKED, LATCHBOLT SWITCH IN PANIC HARDWARE
DEACTIVATES OUTSIDE ACTUATOR. PANIC HARDWARE INSIDE IS ALWAYS OPERABLE FOR
EGRESS.
HW SET. 36
DOOR NUMBER:
123B
EACH TO HAVE:
3 EA HINGE
3CB1
IVE
1 EA PRIVACY LOCK
ND40S SPA
SCH
1 EA CLOSER WITH STOP
4041 CUSH
LCN
ARM
1 EA KICK PLATE
8400 10" HIGH
IVE
1 SET SEALS
5050B HEAD AND JAMBS
NGP
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-36 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
•
HW SET: 37
DOOR NUMBER:
306B
EACH TO HAVE:
3 EA
HINGE
3CB1
IVE
1 EA
STOREROOM LOCK
ND80TD SPA
SCH
1 EA
CORE ONLY
23 -030
SCH
1 EA
SURFACE CLOSER
4041 RW /PA - INSTALL PARALLEL ARM
LCN
1 EA
KICK PLATE
8400 10" HIGH
IVE
1 EA
WALL STOP
WS4061WS407 - WHERE REQUIRED
IVE
3 EA
SILENCER
SR641SR65 - AS REQUIRED
IVE
END OF SECTION
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 087100-37 DOOR HARDWARE
Vail, Colorado 10 March 2011
Addendum 4
E
E
SECTION 22 0700
PLUMBING INSULATION
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes mechanical insulation for boiler breeching, duct, equipment, and pipe,
including the following:
1. Insulation Materials:
a. Calcium silicate.
b. Cellular glass.
C. Flexible elastomeric.
d. Mineral fiber.
2. Fire -rated insulation systems.
3. Adhesives.
4. Mastics.
5. Lagging adhesives.
6. Sealants.
7. Factory- applied jackets.
8. Field- applied jackets.
9. Tapes.
10. Securements.
11. Corner angles.
B.
Related Sections:
1. Division 2 Section "Hydronic Distribution" for loose -fill pipe insulation in underground
piping outside the building.
2. Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts" for duct liners.
1.2
DEFINITIONS
A.
ASJ: All- service jacket.
B.
FSK: Foil, scrim, kraft paper.
C.
FSP: Foil, scrim, polyethylene.
D.
PVDC: Polyvinylidene chloride.
E.
SSL: Self- sealing lap.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, identify thermal conductivity, thickness, and
jackets (both factory and field applied, if any), and flame spread and smoke developed indices.
B. Shop Drawings: Show details for the following:
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-1 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
I . Application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of
insulation and hanger.
2. Attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation.
3. Insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation.
4. Insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of
insulation.
5. Removable insulation at piping specialties, equipment connections, and access panels.
6. Application of field- applied jackets.
7. Application at linkages of control devices.
8. Field application for each equipment type.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship
program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training.
B. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire -test-
response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84,
by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label
insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, and cement material containers, with
appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame- spread index of 25 or less, and smoke - developed
index of 50 or less.
2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame- spread index of 75 or less, and smoke - developed
index of 150 or less.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate
ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in
Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports."
B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application, duct
Installer for duct insulation application, and equipment Installer for equipment insulation
application. Before preparing piping and ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain
clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field- applied jackets and finishes and
for space required for maintenance.
C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing.
1.7 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after
installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have
satisfactory test results.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-2 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of
construction.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified.
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers specified.
2.2 INSULATION MATERIALS
A. Refer to Part 3 schedule articles for requirements about where insulating materials shall be
applied.
B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less
than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.
D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable
according to ASTM C 795.
E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing
process.
F. Calcium Silicate:
1. Products:
a. Industrial Insulation Group (The); Thermo -12 Gold.
2. Preformed Pipe Sections: Flat -, curved -, and grooved -block sections of noncombustible,
inorganic, hydrous calcium silicate with a non - asbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply
with ASTM C 533, Type I.
3. Flat -, curved -, and grooved -block sections of noncombustible, inorganic, hydrous calcium
silicate with a non - asbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply with ASTM C 533, Type I.
4. Prefabricated Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585 for dimensions
used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges.
G. Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid,
hermetically sealed cells. Factory- applied jacket requirements are specified in Part 2 "Factory-
Applied Jackets" Article.
1. Products:
a. Cell -U -Foam Corporation; Ultra -CUF.
b. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Foamglas Super K.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-3 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
2. Block Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type I.
3. Special- Shaped Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type III.
4. Board Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type IV.
5. Preformed Pipe Insulation without Jacket: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type ll, Class 1.
6. Preformed Pipe Insulation with Factory- Applied ASJ -SSL: Comply with ASTM C 552,
Type II, Class 2.
7. Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585,
H. Flexible Elastomeric: Closed -cell, sponge- or expanded- rubber materials. Comply with
ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials.
1. Products:
a. Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aerocel.
b. Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex.
C. RBX Corporation; Insul -Sheet 1800 and Insul -Tube 180.
I. Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290. Factory- applied jacket requirements are
specified in Part 2 "Factory- Applied Jackets" Article.
Products:
a. CertainTeed Corp.; Duct Wrap.
b. Johns Manville; Microlite.
C. Knauf Insulation; Duct Wrap.
d. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap.
e. Owens Corning; All- Service Duct Wrap.
J. Mineral -Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For duct and plenum applications, provide
insulation with factory- applied FSK jacket. For equipment applications, provide insulation
without factory- applied jacket. Factory- applied jacket requirements are specified in Part 2
"Factory- Applied Jackets" Article.
Products
a. CertainTeed Corp.; Commercial Board.
b. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; FBX.
C. Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin -Glas.
d. Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board.
e. Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Board.
f. Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series.
K. High- Temperature, Mineral -Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a
thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type III, without factory- applied jacket.
Products
a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; FBX.
b. Johns Manville; 1000 Series Spin -Glas.
C. Owens Corning; High Temperature Industrial Board Insulations.
d. Rock Wool Manufacturing Company; Delta Board.
e. Roxul Inc.; Roxul RW.
f. Thermafiber; Thermafiber Industrial Felt.
L. Mineral- Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation:
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-4 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
Products:
a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200.
b. Johns Manville; Micro -Lok.
C. Knauf Insulation; 1000(Pipe Insulation.
d. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley -K.
e. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation.
Type I, 850 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory- applied ASJ -SSL. Factory-
applied jacket requirements are specified in Part 2 "Factory- Applied Jackets" Article.
M. Mineral- Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting
resin. Semirigid board material with factory- applied ASJ complying with ASTM C 1393, Type II
or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties similar to ASTM C 612, Type IB. Nominal density is
2.5 lb/cu. ft. or more. Thermal conductivity (k- value) at 75 deg F is 0.27 Btu x in. /h x sq. ft. x
deg F or less. Factory- applied jacket requirements are specified in Part 2 "Factory- Applied
Jackets" Article.
Products
a. CertainTeed Corp.; CrimpWrap.
b. Johns Manville; MicroFlex.
C. Knauf Insulation; Pipe and Tank Insulation.
d. Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Flex.
e. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe and Tank Insulation.
2.3 FIRE -RATED INSULATION SYSTEMS
A. Fire -Rated Blanket: High- temperature, flexible, blanket insulation with FSK jacket that is
UL tested and certified to provide a 2 -hour fire rating.
Products:
a. CertainTeed Corp.; FlameChek.
b. Johns Manville; Firetemp Wrap.
C. 3M; Fire Barrier Wrap Products.
2.4 ADHESIVES
A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding
insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated. unless otherwise indicated.
B. Calcium Silicate Adhesive: Fibrous, sodium - silicate -based adhesive with a service temperature
range of 50 to 800 deg F.
Products:
a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -97.
b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 81- 27/81 -93.
C. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 290.
d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 22 -30.
e. Vimasco Corporation; 760.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-5 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
C. Cellular -Glass Adhesive: Solvent -based resin adhesive, with a service temperature range of
minus 75 to plus 300 deg F.
1. Products:
a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -96.
b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 81 -33.
D. Flexible Elastomeric Adhesive: Comply with MIL- A- 24179A, Type II, Class I.
1. Products:
a. Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aeroseal.
b. Armacell LCC; 520 Adhesive.
C. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-75.
d. RBX Corporation; Rubatex Contact Adhesive.
E. Mineral -Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL- A- 3316C, Class 2, Grade A.
1. Products:
a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -82.
b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20.
C. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S- 90/80.
d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225.
F. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 22- 25.ASJ Adhesive, and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply
with MIL- A- 3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints.
1. Products:
a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -82.
b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85 -20.
C. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S- 90/80.
d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225.
e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 22 -25.
G. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket.
1. Products:
a. Dow Chemical Company (The); 739, Dow Silicone.
b. Johns - Manville; Zeston Perma -Weld, CEEL -TITE Solvent Welding Adhesive.
C. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; Welding Adhesive.
d. Red Devil, Inc.; Celulon Ultra Clear.
e. Speedline Corporation; Speedline Vinyl Adhesive.
2.5 MASTICS
A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with
MIL- C- 19565C, Type II.
B. Vapor- Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on below ambient
services.
1. Products:
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-6 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -35.
b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30 -90.
C. ITW TACO, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB -50.
d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 590.
e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 55 -40.
f. Vimasco Corporation; 749.
2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43 -mil dry film
thickness.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F.
4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 59 percent by volume and 71 percent by weight.
5. Color: White.
C. Vapor- Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services.
Products
a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -30.
b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30 -35.
C. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB -25.
d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 501.
e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 55 -10.
2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm at 35 -mil dry film thickness.
3. Service Temperature Range: 0 to 180 deg F.
4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 44 percent by volume and 62 percent by weight.
5. Color: White.
D. Vapor- Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for outdoor use on below ambient services.
1. Products:
a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; Encacel.
b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 60- 95/60 -96.
C. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 570.
d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 55 -70.
2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm at 30 -mil dry film thickness.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 220 deg F.
4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 33 percent by volume and 46 percent by weight.
5. Color: White.
E. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above ambient services.
Products:
Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -10.
Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 35-00.
ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB- 05/15.
Marathon Industries, Inc.; 550.
Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 55 -50.
Vimasco Corporation; WC- 1/WC -5.
2. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 3 perms at 0.0625 -inch dry film thickness.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 200 deg F.
4. Solids Content: 63 percent by volume and 73 percent by weight.
5. Color: White.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-7 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
2.6 LAGGING ADHESIVES
A. Description: Comply with MIL- A -3316C Class I, Grade A and shall be compatible with insulation
materials, jackets, and substrates.
Products:
a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -52.
b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 81 -42.
C. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 130.
d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 11 -30.
e. Vimasco Corporation; 136.
2. Fire - resistant, water -based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fire -
resistant lagging cloths over duct, equipment, and pipe insulation.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 180 deg F.
4. Color: White.
2.7 SEALANTS
A. Joint Sealants:
Joint Sealants for Cellular - Glass, Phenolic -Foam, and Polyisocyanurate Products:
a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -76.
b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-45.
C. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405.
d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 44 -05.
e. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Pittseal 444.
f. Vimasco Corporation; 750.
2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
3. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant.
4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F.
5. Color: White or gray.
B. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1. Products:
a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -76 -8.
b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44.
C. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405.
d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 44 -05.
e. Vimasco Corporation; 750.
2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
3. Fire- and water - resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.
5. Color: Aluminum.
C. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1. Products:
a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -76.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-8 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
3. Fire- and water - resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.
5. Color: White.
2.8 FACTORY - APPLIED JACKETS
A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory- applied jackets on various applications. When
factory- applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:
1.
ASJ: White, kraft- paper, fiberglass- reinforced scrim with aluminum -foil backing;
complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
2.
ASJ -SSL: ASJ with self - sealing, pressure- sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive covered by a
removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
3.
FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass- reinforced scrim with kraft -paper backing;
complying with ASTM C 1136, Type Il.
4.
FSP Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass- reinforced scrim with polyethylene backing;
complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II.
5.
PVDC Jacket for Indoor Applications: 4 -mil- thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier
film with a permeance at 0.02 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a
flame- spread index of 5 and a smoke - developed index of 20 when tested according to
ASTM E 84.
6.
PVDC Jacket for Outdoor Applications: 6 -mil- thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier
film with a permeance at 0.01 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a
flame- spread index of 5 and a smoke - developed index of 25 when tested according to
ASTM E 84.
7.
PVDC -SSL Jacket: PVDC jacket with a self - sealing, pressure- sensitive, acrylic -based
adhesive covered by a removable protective strip.
a. Products:
1) Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and
Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film.
8. Vinyl Jacket: UL -rated white vinyl with a permeance of 1.3 perms when tested according
to ASTM E 96, Procedure A, and complying with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B.
2.9 FIELD - APPLIED JACKETS
A. Field- applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated.
B. FSK Jacket: Aluminum - foil -face, fiberglass- reinforced scrim with kraft -paper backing.
C. PVC Jacket: High- impact- resistant, UV- resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784,
Class 16354 -C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming.
Thickness is indicated in field - applied jacket schedules.
Products:
a. Johns Manville; Zeston.
b. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series.
C. Proto PVC Corporation; LoSmoke.
d. Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe.
2. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-9 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
3. Color: White.
4. Factory- fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate.
a. Shapes: 45- and 90- degree, short- and long- radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges,
unions, reducers, end caps, soil -pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P -trap
and supply covers for lavatories.
5. Factory- fabricated tank heads and tank side panels.
D. Metal Jacket:
1. Products:
a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; Metal Jacketing Systems.
b. PABCO Metals Corporation; Surefit.
C. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul -Mate.
2. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005,
Temper H -14.
a. Factory cut and rolled to size.
b. Finish and thickness are indicated in field- applied jacket schedules.
C. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1 -mil- thick, heat - bonded polyethylene
and kraft paper.
d. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3 -mil- thick, heat - bonded polyethylene
and kraft paper.
e. Factory- Fabricated Fitting Covers:
1) Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket.
2) Preformed 2 -piece or gore, 45- and 90- degree, short- and long- radius
elbows.
3) Tee covers.
4) Flange and union covers.
5) End caps.
6) Beveled collars.
7) Valve covers.
8) Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory- fabricated fitting covers are not
available.
E. Underground Direct - Buried Jacket: 125 -mil- thick vapor barrier and waterproofing membrane
consisting of a rubberized bituminous resin reinforced with a woven -glass fiber or polyester
scrim and laminated aluminum foil.
1. Products:
a. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Pittwrap.
b. Polyguard; Insulrap No Torch 125.
F. Self- Adhesive Outdoor Jacket: 60 -mil- thick, laminated vapor barrier and waterproofing
membrane for installation over insulation located aboveground outdoors; consisting of a
rubberized bituminous resin on a crosslaminated polyethylene film covered with white
aluminum -foil facing.
1. Products:
a. Polyguard; Alumaguard 60.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-10 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
G. PVDC Jacket for Indoor Applications: 4 -mil- thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with
a permeance at 0.02 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame- spread
index of 5 and a smoke - developed index of 20 when tested according to ASTM E 84.
Products:
a. Dow Chemical Company (The), Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film.
H. PVDC Jacket for Outdoor Applications: 6 -mil- thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film
with a permeance at 0.01 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame- spread
index of 5 and a smoke - developed index of 25 when tested according to ASTM E 84.
Products:
Dow Chemical Company (The), Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film.
PVDC -SSL Jacket: PVDC jacket with a self - sealing, pressure- sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive
covered by a removable protective strip.
2.10 TAPES
A. ASJ Tape: White vapor- retarder tape matching factory- applied jacket with acrylic adhesive,
complying with ASTM C 1136 and UL listed.
Products:
a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0835.
b. Compac Corp.; 104 and 105.
C. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 428 AWF ASJ.
d. Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus /SQ.
2. Width: 3 inches.
3. Thickness: 11.5 mils.
4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force /inch in width.
5. Elongation: 2 percent.
6. Tensile Strength: 40 Ibf /inch in width.
7. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.
B. FSK Tape: Foil -face, vapor- retarder tape matching factory- applied jacket with acrylic adhesive;
complying with ASTM C 1136 and UL listed.
Products:
Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827.
Compac Corp.; 110 and 111.
Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an Amercan Biltrite Company; 491 AWF FSK.
Venture Tape; 1525 CW, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW /SQ.
2. Width: 3 inches.
3. Thickness: 6.5 mils.
4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force /inch in width.
5. Elongation: 2 percent.
6. Tensile Strength: 40 Ibf /inch in width.
7. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-11 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
C. PVC Tape: White vapor- retarder tape matching field - applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive.
Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications.
1. Products:
a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0555.
b. Compac Corp.; 130.
C. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 370 White PVC tape.
d. Venture Tape; 1506 CW NS.
2. Width: 2 inches.
3. Thickness: 6 mils.
4. Adhesion: 64 ounces force /inch in width.
5. Elongation: 500 percent.
6. Tensile Strength: 18 Ibf /inch in width.
D. Aluminum -Foil Tape: Vapor- retarder tape with acrylic adhesive and UL listed.
1. Products:
a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800.
b. Compac Corp.; 120.
C. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 488 AWF.
d. Venture Tape; 3520 CW.
2. Width: 2 inches.
3. Thickness: 3.7 mils.
4. Adhesion: 100 ounces force /inc in width.
5. Elongation: 5 percent.
6. Tensile Strength: 34 Ibf /inch in width.
E. PVDC Tape for Indoor Applications: White vapor- retarder PVDC tape with acrylic adhesive.
1. Products:
a. Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Tape.
2. Width: 3 inches.
3. Film Thickness: 4 mils.
4. Adhesive Thickness: 1.5 mils.
5. Elongation at Break: 145 percent.
6. Tensile Strength: 55 Ibf /inch in width.
F. PVDC Tape for Outdoor Applications: White vapor- retarder PVDC tape with acrylic adhesive.
1. Products:
a. -Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Tape.
2. Width: 3 inches.
3. Film Thickness: 6 mils.
4. Adhesive Thickness: 1.5 mils.
5. Elongation at Break: 145 percent.
6. Tensile Strength: 55 Ibf /inch in width.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-12 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
2.11 SECUREMENTS
A. Bands:
1. Products:
a. Childers Products; Bands.
b. PABCO Metals Corporation; Bands.
C. RPR Products, Inc.; Bands.
2. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or Type 316; 0.015 inch
thick, 1/2 inch wide with wing seal.
B. Insulation Pins and Hangers:
Capacitor- Discharge -Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc - coated steel pin, fully annealed for
capacitor- discharge welding, 0.106 - inchdiameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation
indicated.
a. Products:
1) AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP -1.
2) GEMCO; CD.
3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; CD.
4) Nelson Stud Welding; TPA, TPC, and TPS.
2. Cupped -Head, Capacitor- Discharge -Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc - coated steel pin, fully
annealed for capacitor- discharge welding, 0.106- inch - diameter shank, length to suit
depth of insulation indicated with integral 1 -1/2 -inch galvanized carbon -steel washer.
a. Products:
1) AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP -1.
2) GEMCO; Cupped Head Weld Pin.
3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Cupped Head.
4) Nelson Stud Welding; CHP.
3. Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to
projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in
position indicated when self - locking washer is in place. Comply with the following
requirements:
a. Products:
1) AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Insul- Hangers, Series T.
2) GEMCO; Perforated Base,
3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Spindle.
b. Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon -steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches
square.
C. Spindle: Copper- or zinc - coated, low carbon steel], fully annealed, 0.106 -inch-
diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated.
d. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated
capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without
damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-13 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
4. Nonmetal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate
fastened to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated,
securely in position indicated when self - locking washer is in place. Comply with the
following requirements:
a. Products:
1) GEMCO; Nylon Hangers.
2) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Nylon Insulation Hangers.
b. Baseplate: Perforated, nylon sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 1 -1/2 inches in diameter.
C. Spindle: Nylon, 0.106- inch - diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation
indicated, up to 2 -1/2 inches.
d. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated
capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without
damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates.
5. Self- Sticking -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is
capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when
self - locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements:
a. Products:
1) AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Insul- Hangers, Series TSA.
2) GEMCO; Press and Peel.
3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Self Stick.
b. Baseplate: Galvanized carbon -steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square.
C. Spindle: Copper- or zinc- coated, low carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106 -inch-
diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated.
d. Adhesive - backed base with a peel -off protective cover.
6. Insulation - Retaining Washers: Self- locking washers formed from 0.016- inch - thick,
galvanized -steel sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in
place but not less than 1 -1/2 inches in diameter.
a. Products:
1) AGM Industries, Inc.; RC -150.
2) GEMCO; R -150.
3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; WA -150.
4) Nelson Stud Welding; Speed Clips.
b. Protect ends with capped self - locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to
ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations.
7. Nonmetal Insulation- Retaining Washers: Self- locking washers formed from 0.016 -inch-
thick nylon sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place
but not less than 1 -1/2 inches in diameter.
a. Manufacturers:
1) GEMCO.
2) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.
C. Staples: Outward - clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4- inch -wide, stainless steel or Monel.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-14 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
D. Wire: 0.062 -inch soft - annealed, stainless steel.
0 1. Manufacturers:
a. ACS Industries, Inc.
b. C & F Wire.
C. Childers Products.
d. PABCO Metals Corporation.
e. RPR Products, Inc.
2.12 CORNER ANGLES
A. PVC Corner Angles: 30 mils thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, PVC according to ASTM D 1784,
Class 16354 -C. White or color -coded to match adjacent surface.
B. Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, aluminum according to
ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005; Temper H -14.
C. Stainless -Steel Corner Angles: 0.024 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, stainless steel according
to ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240, Type 304 or 316.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will
adversely affect insulation application.
B. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a
corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows:
1. Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils thick and an
epoxy finish 5 mils thick if operating in a temperature range between 140 and 300 deg F.
Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods
for operating temperature range.
2. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and 300
deg F with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating
materials and application methods for operating temperature range.
C. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with
requirements for heat tracing that applies to insulation.
3.2 COMMON INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces;
free of voids throughout the length of equipment, ducts and fittings, and piping including fittings,
valves, and specialties.
B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required
for each item of equipment, duct system, and pipe system as specified in insulation system
schedules.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-15 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install
accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or
dry state.
D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties.
G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with
adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
Install insulation with least number of joints practical.
Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers,
supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor - barrier mastic.
1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor
legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper
and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor - barrier mastic.
3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to
insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation
material manufacturer.
4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over
jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.
K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet
and dry film thicknesses.
L. Install insulation with factory- applied jackets as follows:
1. Draw jacket tight and smooth.
2. Cover circumferential joints with 3- inch -wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket.
Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip,
spaced 4 inches o.c.
3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1 -1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal
seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self - sealing lap. Staple laps
with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c.
a. For below ambient services, apply vapor - barrier mastic over staples.
4. Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer
to maintain vapor seal.
5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor - barrier mastic on seams and joints and
at ends adjacent to duct and pipe flanges and fittings.
M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal
thickness.
N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking
due to thermal movement.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 22 0700 -16 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas.
Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches
similar to butt joints.
P. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
1. Vibration - control devices.
2. Testing agency labels and stamps.
3. Nameplates and data plates.
4. Manholes.
5. Handholes.
6. Cleanouts.
3.3 PENETRATIONS
A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof
penetrations.
1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface
and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation,
install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal
joint with joint sealant.
3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of
roof flashing.
4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.
B. Insulation Installation at Below -Grade Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush
with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant.
C. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously
through wall penetrations.
1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface
and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation,
install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal
joint with joint sealant.
3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least
2 inches.
4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.
D. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated):
Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions.
E. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations:
1. Duct: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations that are not fire rated. For
penetrations through fire -rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves
and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct insulation.
Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches.
2. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations.
3. Seal penetrations through fire -rated assemblies according to Division 7 Section
"Through- Penetration Firestop Systems."
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-17 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
3.4 DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins.
1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit
area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces.
2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and
transitions.
3. Install either capacitor- discharge -weld pins and speed washers or cupped -head,
capacitor- discharge -weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of
vertical ducts as follows:
a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal
centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16
inches o.c.
b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16 inches o.c.
each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to
hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing.
3.5 EQUIPMENT, TANK, AND VESSEL INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Secure insulation with adhesive and anchor pins and speed washers.
1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit
area, for 100 percent coverage of tank and vessel surfaces.
2. Groove and score insulation materials to fit as closely as possible to equipment, including
contours. Bevel insulation edges for cylindrical surfaces for tight joints. Stagger end
joints.
3. Protect exposed corners with secured corner angles.
4. Install adhesively attached or self- sticking insulation hangers and speed washers on
sides of tanks and vessels as follows:
a. Do not weld anchor pins to ASME - labeled pressure vessels.
b. Select insulation hangers and adhesive that is compatible with service temperature
and with substrate.
C. On tanks and vessels, maximum anchor -pin spacing is 3 inches from insulation
end joints, and 16 inches o.c. in both directions.
d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
e. Cut and miter insulation segments to fit curved sides and domed heads of tanks
and vessels.
f. Impale insulation over anchor pins and attach speed washers.
g. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with
insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation
facing.
5. Secure each layer of insulation with stainless -steel or aluminum bands. Select band
material compatible with insulation materials.
6. Where insulation hangers on equipment and vessels are not permitted or practical and
where insulation support rings are not provided, install a girdle network for securing
insulation. Stretch prestressed aircraft cable around the diameter of vessel and make
taut with clamps, turnbuckles, or breather springs. Place one circumferential girdle
around equipment approximately 6 inches from each end. Install wire or cable between
two circumferential girdles 12 inches o.c. Install a wire ring around each end and around
outer periphery of center openings, and stretch prestressed aircraft cable radially from
the wire ring to nearest circumferential girdle. Install additional circumferential girdles
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 22 0700 -18 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
along the body of equipment or tank at a minimum spacing of 48 inches o.c. Use this
• network for securing insulation with tie wire or bands.
7. Stagger joints between insulation layers at least 3 inches
8. Install insulation in removable segments on equipment access doors, manholes,
handholes, and other elements that require frequent removal for service and inspection.
9. Bevel and seal insulation ends around manholes, handholes, ASME stamps, and
nameplates.
10. For equipment with surface temperatures below ambient, apply mastic to open ends,
joints, seams, breaks, and punctures in insulation.
B. Insulation Installation on Pumps:
1. Fabricate metal boxes lined with insulation. Fit boxes around pumps and coincide box
joints with splits in pump casings. Fabricate joints with outward bolted flanges. Bolt
flanges on 6 -inch centers, starting at corners. Install 3/8- inch - diameter fasteners with
wing nuts. Alternatively, secure the box sections together using a latching mechanism.
2. Fabricate boxes from galvanized steel, at least .040 inch thick.
3. For below ambient services, install a vapor barrier at seams, joints, and penetrations.
Seal between flanges with replaceable gasket material to form a vapor barrier.
3.6 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Requirements in this Article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more
specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles.
B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions:
1.
Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with
continuous thermal and vapor- retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated.
2.
Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same
material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly
against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular
surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is
uniform with adjoining pipe insulation.
3.
Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt
each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with
adhesive.
4.
Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe
insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets,
valve stuffing -box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with
insulating cement.
5.
Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe
insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating
cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and
replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable
insulation cover. For below ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor
barrier.
6.
Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation.
Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe
insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-19 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
3.7
Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a
mastic. Install vapor- barrier mastic for below ambient services and a breather mastic for
above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric - reinforcing mesh. Trowel the
mastic to a smooth and well- shaped contour.
For services not specified to receive a field - applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric
install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions.
Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing
using PVC tape.
Label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "UNION." Match size and
color of pipe labels.
Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps,
test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes, vessels,
and equipment. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the
connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant.
Install removable insulation covers as necessary. Installation shall conform to the following:
1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same
thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe
insulation.
2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation
from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe
insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless -
steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket.
3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges except divide
the two -part section on the vertical center line of valve body.
4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of
mitered blocks wired to stainless -steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached
insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe
insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe
insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied
in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish.
5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field - applied jacket schedules, finish exposed
surfaces with a metal jacket.
CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Insulation Installation on Boiler Breechings and Ducts:
1. Secure single -layer insulation with stainless -steel bands at 12 -inch intervals and tighten
bands without deforming insulation material.
2. Install 2 -layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches. Secure
inner layer with wire spaced at 12 -inch intervals. Secure outer layer with stainless -steel
bands at 12 -inch intervals.
3. On exposed applications without metal jacket, finish insulation surface with a skim coat of
mineral- fiber, hydraulic- setting cement. When cement is dry, apply flood coat of lagging
adhesive and press on one layer of glass cloth. Overlap edges at least 1 inch. Apply
finish coat of lagging adhesive over glass cloth. Thin finish coat to achieve smooth,
uniform finish.
B. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
Secure single -layer insulation with stainless -steel bands at 12 -inch intervals and tighten
bands without deforming insulation materials.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-20 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
2. Install 2 -layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches. Secure
• inner layer with wire spaced at 12 -inch intervals. Secure outer layer with stainless -steel
bands at 12 -inch intervals.
3. Apply a skim coat of mineral- fiber, hydraulic- setting cement to insulation surface. When
cement is dry, apply flood coat of lagging adhesive and press on one layer of glass cloth
or tape. Overlap edges at least 1 inch. Apply finish coat of lagging adhesive over glass
cloth or tape. Thin finish coat to achieve smooth, uniform finish.
C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
thickness of pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of block insulation of same material and
thickness as pipe insulation.
4. Finish flange insulation same as pipe insulation.
D. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions.
2. When preformed insulation sections of insulation are not available, install mitered
sections of calcium silicate insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.
3. Finish fittings insulation same as pipe insulation.
E. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1. Install mitered segments of calcium silicate insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation
to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation.
2. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
3. Finish valve and specialty insulation same as pipe insulation.
3.8 CELLULAR -GLASS INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
1. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without
deforming insulation materials.
2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions
with vapor- barrier mastic and joint sealant.
3. For insulation with factory- applied jackets on above ambient services, secure laps with
outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c.
4. For insulation with factory- applied jackets on below ambient services, do not staple
longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation
material manufacturer and seal with vapor - barrier mastic and flashing sealant.
B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
thickness of pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of cellular -glass block insulation of
same thickness as pipe insulation.
SLionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-21 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at
least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant.
C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions.
2. When preformed sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of
cellular -glass insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.
D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1. Install preformed sections of cellular -glass insulation to valve body.
2. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without
disturbing insulation.
3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
3.9 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate
openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
thickness of pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness
as pipe insulation. 0
4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive
to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
Install mitered sections of pipe insulation.
Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive
to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when
available.
2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet
insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow
valve operation without disturbing insulation.
3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's
recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to
surface being insulated.
3.10 MINERAL -FIBER INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-22 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
•
1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten
bands without deforming insulation materials.
2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions
with vapor- barrier mastic and joint sealant.
3. For insulation with factory- applied jackets on above ambient surfaces, secure laps with
outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c.
4. For insulation with factory- applied jackets on below ambient surfaces, do not staple
longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation
material manufacturer and seal with vapor- barrier mastic and flashing sealant.
B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
thickness of pipe insulation.
Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral -fiber blanket insulation.
Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at
least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant.
C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available.
2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections
of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation
materials with wire or bands.
D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available.
2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to
valve body.
3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without
disturbing insulation.
4. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
E. Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins.
Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit
area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces.
Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and
transitions.
Install either capacitor- discharge -weld pins and speed washers or cupped -head,
capacitor- discharge -weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of
vertical ducts as follows:
a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal
centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16
inches o.c.
b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16 inches o.c.
each way and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to
hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing.
C. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and
plenums.
d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
'11111b• Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-23 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
e. Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers.
f. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with
insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation
facing.
4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous
unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with
insulation by removing 2 inches (50 mm) from 1 edge and 1 end of insulation segment.
Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2 -inch (13 -mm) outward- clinching
staples, 1 inch (25 mm) o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field- applied
jacket, adhesive, vapor- barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions.
a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor -
barrier seal.
b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F (10 deg C)
at 18 -foot (5.5 -m) intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor- barrier mastic
applied in a Z- shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and
over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal
to 2 times the insulation thickness but not less than 3 inches (75 mm).
5. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints.
At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c.
6. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section
for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat -oval duct elbows with individually
mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.
7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with
6- inch -wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of
stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c.
Board Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins.
1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit
area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces.
2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and
transitions.
3. Install either capacitor- discharge -weld pins and speed washers or cupped -head,
capacitor- discharge -weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of
vertical ducts as follows:
a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal
centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16
inches o.c.
b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, space pins 16 inches o.c.
each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to
hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing.
C. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and
plenums.
d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
e. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with
insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation
facing.
4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous
unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with
insulation by removing 2 inches (50 mm) from 1 edge and 1 end of insulation segment.
Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2 -inch (13 -mm) outward- clinching
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-24 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
•
•
staples, 1 inch (25 mm) o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field - applied
jacket, adhesive, vapor - barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions.
Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor -
barrier seal.
Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F (10 deg C)
at 18 -foot (5.5 -m) intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor- barrier mastic
applied in a Z- shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and
over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal
to 2 times the insulation thickness but not less than 3 inches (75 mm).
5. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section
for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to outside and
inside radius of elbows. Install insulation on round and flat -oval duct elbows with
individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.
6. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with
6- inch -wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of
stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c.
3.11 FIELD - APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION
A. Where glass -cloth jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation with
factory- applied jackets.
1. Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2 -inch overlap at seams and joints.
2. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062- inch -thick coats of lagging adhesive.
3. Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed insulation.
B. Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows:
1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight.
2. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket.
3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
4. Install jacket with 1 -1/2 -inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3- inch -wide joint strips at end
joints.
5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor- retarder jackets and exposed insulation
with vapor - barrier mastic.
C. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1 -inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end
joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of tanks
and vessels. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the
finish bead along seam and joint edge.
D. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2 -inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end
joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof
sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless -steel bands 12
inches o.c. and at end joints.
E. Where PVDC jackets are indicated, install as follows:
1. Apply three separate wraps of filament tape per insulation section to secure pipe
insulation to pipe prior to installation of PVDC jacket.
2. Wrap factory- presized jackets around individual pipe insulation sections with one end
overlapping the previously installed sheet. Install presized jacket with an approximate
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-25
Vail, Colorado
PLUMBING INSULATION
02 March 2011
Addendum #2
overlap at butt joint of 2 inches over the previous section. Adhere lap seal using
adhesive or SSL, and then apply 1 -1/4 circumferences of appropriate PVDC tape around
overlapped butt joint.
3. Continuous jacket can be spiral wrapped around a length of pipe insulation. Apply
adhesive or PVDC tape at overlapped spiral edge. When electing to use adhesives, refer
to manufacturer's written instructions for application of adhesives along this spiral edge to
maintain a permanent bond.
4. Jacket can be wrapped in cigarette fashion along length of roll for insulation systems with
an outer circumference of 33 -1/2 inches or less. The 33 -1/2- inch - circumference limit
allows for 2- inch - overlap seal. Using the length of roll allows for longer sections of jacket
to be installed at one time. Use adhesive on the lap seal. Visually inspect lap seal for
"fishmouthing," and use PVDC tape along lap seal to secure joint.
5. Repair holes or tears in PVDC jacket by placing PVDC tape over the hole or tear and
wrapping a minimum of 1 -1/4 circumferences to avoid damage to tape edges.
3.12 FIRE -RATED INSULATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A. Where fire -rated insulation system is indicated, secure system to ducts and duct hangers
and supports to maintain a continuous UL- listed fire rating.
B. Insulate duct access panels and doors to achieve same fire rating as duct.
C. Install firestopping at penetrations through fire -rated assemblies. Fire -stop systems are
specified in Division 7 Section "Through- Penetration Firestop Systems.
3.13 FINISHES
A. Duct, Equipment, and Pipe Insulation with ASJ, Glass - Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material:
Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Division 9 painting Sections.
1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material
and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.
a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex- emulsion size.
B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of
insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating.
C. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual
inspection of the completed Work.
D. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless -steel jackets.
3.14 BOILER BREECHING INSULATION SCHEDULE
A. Breeching and connector insulation shall be the following:
Calcium Silicate: 2 inches thick.
3.15 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation:
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-26 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
1. Supply, return and outdoor air. Reference Section 233113, Metal Ducts for duct liner
application in supply and return air ductwork.
2. Type 1, commercial, kitchen hood exhaust.
B. Items Not Insulated:
1. Fibrous -glass ducts.
2. Metal ducts with duct liner of sufficient thickness to comply with energy code and
ASHRAE /IESNA 90.1 do not require an additional duct wrap.
3. Factory- insulated flexible ducts.
4. Factory- insulated plenums and casings.
5. Flexible connectors.
6. Vibration - control devices.
7. Factory- insulated access panels and doors.
3.16 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE
A. Concealed, rectangular, round and flat -oval, supply air, return air and outdoor -air duct insulation
shall be one of the following:
1. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 1 -1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
2. Mineral -Fiber Board: 1 -1/2 inches thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
3. Duct Liner: Reference Section 233113, Metal Ducts for duct liner application in supply
and return air ductwork
B. Concealed, rectangular, round and flat -oval exhaust -air duct insulation between isolation
damper and penetration of building exterior shall be one of the following:
1. Mineral -Fiber Blanket: 1 -1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
2. Mineral -Fiber Board: 1 -1/2 inches thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
3. Duct Liner: Reference Section 233113, Metal Ducts for duct liner application in supply
and return air ductwork.
C. Exposed to view, rectangular, round and flat -oval, supply air, return air, exhaust air and outdoor -
air duct shall not be insulated.
D. Concealed, Type 1, Commercial, Kitchen Hood Exhaust Duct and Plenum Insulation: Fire -
rated blanket, thickness as required to achieve 2 -hour fire rating.
3.17 EQUIPMENT INSULATION SCHEDULE
A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed for
a type of equipment, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
B. Insulate indoor and outdoor equipment in paragraphs below that is not factory insulated.
C. Heat - exchanger (water -to -water for heating service) insulation shall be the following:
1. Calcium Silicate: 3 inches thick.
2. Mineral -Fiber Board: 2 inches thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
D. Heating- hot -water expansion /compression tank insulation shall be the following:
1. Cellular Glass: 1 -1/2 inches thick.
4LLionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-27 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
E. Heating- hot -water air - separator insulation shall be the following:
1. Cellular Glass: 3 inches thick.
F. Domestic hot -water storage tank insulation shall be the following:
1. Mineral -Fiber Pipe and Tank: 4 inches thick.
3.18 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for
each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system,
selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following:
1. Fire - suppression piping.
2. Below -grade piping.
3. Chrome - plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury.
3.19 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
A. Domestic Cold Water:
1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a. Cellular Glass: 1 -1/2 inches thick.
b. Flexible Elastomeric: 1/2 inch thick.
C. Mineral- Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1/2 inch thick.
2. NPS 1 -1/4 and Larger: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a. Cellular Glass: 1 -1/2 inches thick.
b. Mineral- Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick.
B. Domestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water:
1. NPS 1 -1/4 and Smaller: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a. Cellular Glass: 1 -1/2 inches thick.
b. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick.
C. Mineral- Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick.
C. Stormwater and Overflow:
1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a. Cellular Glass: 1 -1/2 inches thick.
b. Mineral- Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick.
D. Roof Drain and Overflow Drain Bodies:
1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following:
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-28 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
a. Cellular Glass: 1 -1/2 inches thick.
b. Mineral- Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick.
E. Exposed Sanitary Drains, Domestic Water, Domestic Hot Water, and Stops for Plumbing
Fixtures for People with Disabilities:
1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a. Mineral- Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1/2 inch thick.
F. Sanitary Waste Piping Where Heat Tracing Is Installed:
1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a. Cellular Glass: 2 inches thick.
b. Mineral- Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 -1/2 inches thick.
G. Heating- Hot -Water Supply and Return, 200 Deg F and Below:
1. NPS 1 -1/2 and Smaller: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a. Cellular Glass: 1 -1/2 inches thick.
b. Mineral- Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I: 1 -1/2 inch thick.
2. NPS 2 and Larger: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a. Cellular Glass: 2 inches thick.
b. Mineral- Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I Pipe and Tank Insulation: 2 inches thick.
H. Refrigerant Suction and Hot -Gas Piping:
1. NPS 1 -1/2 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following:
a. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 -112 inch thick.
I. Refrigerant Suction and Hot -Gas Flexible Tubing:
1. NPS 1 -1/2 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following:
a. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 -1/2 inch thick.
3.20 OUTDOOR, ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
A. Heating- Hot -Water Supply and Return, 200 Deg F and below:
1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following:
a. Cellular Glass: 3 inches thick.
b. Mineral- Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type 1: 3 inches thick.
B. Refrigerant Suction and Hot -Gas Piping:
1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following:
a. Flexible Elastomeric: 2 inches thick.
C. Refrigerant Suction and Hot -Gas Flexible Tubing:
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-29 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
o.
C.
3.22
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
3.23
A.
1
1911
1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following:
a. Flexible Elastomeric: 2 inches thick.
OUTDOOR, UNDERGROUND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
Loose -fill insulation, for belowground piping, is specified in Division 2 piping distribution
Sections.
Sanitary Waste Piping, All Sizes, Where Heat Tracing Is Installed: Cellular glass, 2 inches
thick.
Heating- Hot -Water Supply and Return, All Sizes, 200 Deg F and below: Cellular glass, 3 inches
thick.
INDOOR, FIELD - APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE
Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory- applied jacket, install the field -
applied jacket over the factory- applied jacket.
If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
Equipment, Exposed, up to 48 Inches in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces up to 72 Inches:
1. PVC: 20 mils thick.
Equipment, Exposed, Larger Than 48 Inches in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces Larger Than 72
Inches:
1. Aluminum, Smooth with 1 -1/4 -Inch Deep Corrugations: 0.032 inch thick.
Piping, Concealed:
1. None.
Piping, Exposed:
1. PVC: 20 mils thick.
OUTDOOR, FIELD - APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE
Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory- applied jacket, install the field -
applied jacket over the factory- applied jacket.
If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
Equipment, Exposed, up to 48 Inches in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces up to 72 Inches:
1. Aluminum, Stucco Embossed with Z- Shaped Locking Seam: 0.016 inch thick.
Equipment, Exposed, Larger Than 48 Inches in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces Larger Than 72
Inches:
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-30
Vail, Colorado
PLUMBING INSULATION
02 March 2011
Addendum #2
0
•
1. Aluminum, Stucco Embossed with 1 -1/4- Inch -Deep Corrugations: 0.032 inch thick.
E. Piping, Exposed:
1. Aluminum, Stucco Embossed with Z- Shaped Locking Seam: 0.016 inch thick.
3.24 UNDERGROUND, FIELD - INSTALLED INSULATION JACKET
A. For underground direct - buried piping applications, install water proof, continuous jacket for
underground direct - buried piping applications.
END OF SECTION
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 220700-31 PLUMBING INSULATION
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
C.
a]
E
A�
•
SECTION 23 3113
METAL DUCTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Rectangular ducts and fittings.
2. Round ducts and fittings.
3. Sheet metal materials.
4. Sealants and gaskets.
5. Hangers and supports.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting,
and balancing requirements for metal ducts.
2. Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound - control devices,
duct - mounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts.
1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Delegated Duct Design: Duct construction, including sheet metal thicknesses, seam and joint
construction, reinforcements, and hangers and supports, shall comply with SMACNA's "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and performance requirements and design
criteria indicated in "Duct Schedule" Article.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections,
components, and attachments to other work.
2. Factory- and shop- fabricated ducts and fittings.
3. Duct layout indicating sizes, configuration, and static - pressure classes.
4. Elevation of top of ducts.
5. Dimensions of main duct runs from building grid lines.
6. Fittings.
7. Reinforcement and spacing.
8. Seam and joint construction.
9. Penetrations through fire -rated and other partitions.
10. Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project.
11. Locations for duct accessories, including dampers, turning vanes, and access doors and
panels.
12. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment and vibration
isolation.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 233113-1 METAL DUCTS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
C. Delegated- Design Submittal:
1. Sheet metal thicknesses.
2. Joint and seam construction and sealing.
3. Reinforcement details and spacing.
4. Materials, fabrication, assembly, and spacing of hangers and supports.
5. Design Calculations: Calculations for selecting hangers and supports.
D. Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and
coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved:
1. Duct installation in congested spaces, indicating coordination with general construction,
building components, and other building services. Indicate proposed changes to duct
layout.
2. Suspended ceiling components.
3. Structural members to which duct will be attached.
4. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile.
5. Penetrations of smoke barriers and fire -rated construction.
6. Items penetrating finished ceiling including the following:
a. Lighting fixtures.
b. Air outlets and inlets.
C. Speakers.
d. Sprinklers.
e. Access panels.
f. Perimeter moldings.
E. Welding certificates.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D9.1M/D9.1,
"Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding.
B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for hangers and supports.
2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum," for aluminum supports.
3. AWS D9.1 M /D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding.
PART2- PRODUCTS
2.1 RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS
A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static - pressure class unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2 -1, "Rectangular Duct/Transverse Joints,"
for static - pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct - support
intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 233113-2 METAL DUCTS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
MFlexible."
C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2 -2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal
Seams," for static - pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved,
duct - support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards
- Metal and Flexible."
D. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types
and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Chapter 4, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static - pressure class, applicable
sealing requirements, materials involved, duct - support intervals, and other provisions in
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
2.2 ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGS
A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on
indicated static - pressure class unless otherwise indicated.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Lindab Inc.
b. McGill AirFlow LLC.
C. SEMCO Incorporated.
d. Sheet Metal Connectors, Inc.
e. Spiral Manufacturing Co., Inc.
B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3 -1, . "Round Duct Transverse Joints," for
static - pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct - support
intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3 -2, "Round Duct Longitudinal Seams," for
static - pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct - support
intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
D. Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3 -5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and
Figure 3 -6, "Conical Tees," for static - pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials
involved, duct - support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible."
2.3 SHEET METAL MATERIALS
A. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards
- Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction
methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam
marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 233113-3 METAL DUCTS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M.
1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G60.
2. Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized.
C. Carbon -Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, with oiled, matte finish for
exposed ducts.
D. Stainless -Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 480/A 480M, Type 304 or 316, as indicated in
the "Duct Schedule" Article; cold rolled, annealed, sheet. Exposed surface finish shall be No.
2B, No. 2D, No. 3, or No. 4 as indicated in the "Duct Schedule" Article.
E. Aluminum Sheets: Comply with ASTM B 209 Alloy 3003, H14 temper; with mill finish for
concealed ducts, and standard, one -side bright finish for duct surfaces exposed to view.
F. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black
and galvanized.
1. Where black- and galvanized -steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce aluminum
ducts, isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM gasket materials.
G. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4 -inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8 -inch
minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.
2.4 SEALANT AND GASKETS
A. General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface - burning characteristics for sealants and
gaskets shall be a maximum flame- spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke - developed index
of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL.
B. Two -Part Tape Sealing System:
1. Tape: Woven cotton fiber impregnated with mineral gypsum and modified
acrylic /silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard, durable, airtight
seal.
2. Tape Width:3 inches.
3. Sealant: Modified styrene acrylic.
4. Water resistant.
5. Mold and mildew resistant.
6. Maximum Static - Pressure Class: 10 -inch wg, positive and negative.
7. Service: Indoor and outdoor.
8. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F.
9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare),
stainless steel, or aluminum.
10. For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
11. Sealant shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers."
C. Water -Based Joint and Seam Sealant:
1. Application Method: Brush on.
2. Solids Content: Minimum 65 percent.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 233113-4 METAL DUCTS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
3. Shore A Hardness: Minimum 20.
4. Water resistant.
5. Mold and mildew resistant.
6. VOC: Maximum 75 g/L (less water).
7. Maximum Static - Pressure Class: 10 -inch wg, positive and negative.
8. Service: Indoor or outdoor.
9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare),
stainless steel, or aluminum sheets.
D. Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 920.
1. General: Single- component, acid - curing, silicone, elastomeric.
2. Type: S.
3. Grade: NS.
4. Class: 25.
5. Use: O.
6. For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
7. Sealant shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California
Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic
Emissions from Various Sources Using Small -Scale Environmental Chambers."
E. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer.
F. Round Duct Joint O -Ring Seals:
1. Seal shall provide maximum leakage class of 3 cfm /100 sq. ft. at 1 -inch wg and shall be
rated for 10 -inch wg static - pressure class, positive or negative.
2. EPDM O -ring to seal in concave bead in coupling or fitting spigot.
3. Double- lipped, EPDM O -ring seal, mechanically fastened to factory- fabricated couplings
and fitting spigots.
2.5 DUCT LINER
A. Fibrous -Glass Liner: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and with NAIMA AH124.
Manufacturers:
a. CertainTeed Corp.; Insulation Group.
b. Johns Manville International, Inc.
C. Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH.
d. Owens Corning.
2. Materials: ASTM C 1071; surfaces exposed to airstream shall be coated to prevent
erosion of glass fibers.
a. Thickness: 1 inch.
b. Thermal Resistance (R- Value): Minimum R -5 for ducts located within
unconditioned spaces.
C. Fire - Hazard Classification: Maximum flame- spread index of 25 and
smoke - developed index of 50 when tested according to ASTM E 84.
d. Liner Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and with ASTM C 916.
e. Mechanical Fasteners: Galvanized steel suitable for adhesive attachment,
mechanical attachment, or welding attachment to duct without damaging liner
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 233113-5 METAL DUCTS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
2.6
when applied as recommended by manufacturer and without causing leakage in
duct.
1) Tensile Strength: Indefinitely sustain a 50 -lb- tensile, dead -load test
perpendicular to duct wall.
2) Fastener Pin Length: As required for thickness of insulation and without
projecting more than 1/8 inchinto airstream.
3) Adhesive for Attaching Mechanical Fasteners: Comply with fire - hazard
classification of duct liner system.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium - plated steel rods and nuts.
B. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal
and Flexible," Table 5 -1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5 -2, "Minimum
Hanger Sizes for Round Duct."
C. Steel Cables for Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603.
D. Steel Cables for Stainless -Steel Ducts: Stainless steel complying with ASTM A 492.
E. Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium - plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and
bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic - locking and clamping device.
F. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self- tapping metal screws; compatible
with duct materials.
G. Trapeze and Riser Supports:
1. Supports for Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized -steel shapes and plates.
2. Supports for Stainless -Steel Ducts: Stainless -steel shapes and plates.
3. Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum or galvanized steel coated with zinc chromate.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION
A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct
system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts
and calculate friction loss for air - handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations.
Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings
and Coordination Drawings.
B. Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"
unless otherwise indicated.
C. Install round ducts in maximum practical lengths.
D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints.
E. Install factory- or shop- fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 233113-6 METAL DUCTS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
branch connections.
F. Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and
perpendicular to building lines.
G. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent
enclosure elements of building.
H. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness.
Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment rooms and
enclosures.
J. Where ducts pass through non - fire -rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed
to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal
flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1 -1/2
inches.
K. Where ducts pass through fire -rated interior partitions and exterior walls, install fire dampers.
Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke
dampers.
L. Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials.
Comply with SMACNA's "IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction," Appendix
G, "Duct Cleanliness for New Construction Guidelines."
3.2 INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED DUCTWORK
A. Protect ducts exposed in finished spaces from being dented, scratched, or damaged.
B. Trim duct sealants flush with metal. Create a smooth and uniform exposed bead. Do not use
two -part tape sealing system.
C. Grind welds to provide smooth surface free of burrs, sharp edges, and weld splatter. When
welding stainless steel with a No. 3 or 4 finish, grind the welds flush, polish the exposed welds,
and treat the welds to remove discoloration caused by welding.
D. Maintain consistency, symmetry, and uniformity in the arrangement and fabrication of fittings,
hangers and supports, duct accessories, and air outlets.
E. Repair or replace damaged sections and finished work that does not comply with these
requirements.
3.3 ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMERCIAL KITCHEN HOOD
EXHAUST DUCT
A. Install commercial kitchen hood exhaust ducts without dips and traps that may hold
grease, and sloped a minimum of 2 percent to drain grease back to the hood.
B. Install fire -rated access panel assemblies at each change in direction and at maximum
intervals of 20 feet in horizontal ducts, and at every floor for vertical ducts, or as
indicated on Drawings. Locate access panel on top or sides of duct a minimum of 1 -112
inches from bottom of duct.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 233113-7 METAL DUCTS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
C. Do not penetrate rire -rated assemblies except as allowed by applicable building codes
and authorities having jurisdiction.
3.4 DUCT SEALING
A. Seal ducts for duct static - pressure, seal classes, and leakage classes specified in "Duct
Schedule" Article according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
B. Seal ducts to the following seal classes according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible ":
1. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
2. Outdoor, Supply -Air Ducts: Seal Class C.
3. Outdoor, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C.
4. Outdoor, Return -Air Ducts: Seal Class C.
5. Unconditioned Space, Supply -Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2 -Inch wg and Lower: Seal
Class C.
6. Unconditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C.
7. Unconditioned Space, Return -Air Ducts: Seal Class C.
8. Conditioned Space, Supply -Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2 -Inch wg and Lower: Seal
Class C.
9. Conditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C.
10. Conditioned Space, Return -Air Ducts: Seal Class C.
3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 5,
"Hangers and Supports."
B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder- actuated fasteners, or structural -steel
fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached.
1. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete.
2. Install powder- actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured.
3. Use powder- actuated concrete fasteners for standard - weight aggregate concretes or for
slabs more than 4 inches thick.
4. Do not use powder- actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight- aggregate concretes or for
slabs less than 4 inches thick.
5. Do not use powder- actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints.
C. Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Table 5 -1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5 -2, "Minimum
Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports
within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection.
D. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports.
E. Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with welds,
bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16
feet.
F. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull -out,
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 233113-8 METAL DUCTS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
0 tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where
used.
3.6 CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Division 23 Section "Air
Duct Accessories."
B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for branch,
outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections.
3.7 DUCT CLEANING
A. Clean new duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing.
B. Use service openings for entry and inspection.
Create new openings and install access panels appropriate for duct static - pressure class
if required for cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct.
Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner manufacturer. Comply with
Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for access panels and doors.
Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection.
Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process.
C. Particulate Collection and Odor Control:
1. When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97
percent collection efficiency for 0.3- micron -size (or larger) particles.
2. When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed from
HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes and other points
of entry into building.
D. Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits:
1. Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers).
2. Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply
and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive
assemblies.
3. Air - handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section, air
wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers,
filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains.
4. Coils and related components.
5. Return -air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling plenums and
mechanical equipment rooms.
6. Supply -air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes.
7. Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems.
E. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology:
1. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants
from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building.
2. Use vacuum - collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect
vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 233113-9 METAL DUCTS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
negative pressure.
3. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without
damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories.
4. Clean fibrous -glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit duct liner
to get wet. Replace fibrous -glass duct liner that is damaged, deteriorated, or
delaminated or that has friable material, mold, or fungus growth.
5. Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan operational.
Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and
straighten fins.
6. Provide drainage and cleanup for wash -down procedures.
7. Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings: Apply EPA - registered antimicrobial agents if fungus
is present. Apply antimicrobial agents according to manufacturer's written instructions
after removal of surface deposits and debris.
3.8 START UP
A. Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and
Balancing for HVAC."
3.9 DUCT SCHEDULE
A. Fabricate ducts with galvanized sheet steel except as follows:
1. Kitchen Hood Exhaust Ducts: Comply with NFPA 96.
B. Supply Ducts:
1. Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Furnaces, Heat Pumps, and Terminal Units :
a. Pressure Class: Positive 1 -inch wg.
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: C.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6.
2. Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above:
a. Pressure Class: Positive 2 -inch wg.
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: C.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6.
C. Return Ducts:
1. Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Furnaces, Heat Pumps, and Terminal Units :
a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 1 -inch wg.
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: C.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6.
2. Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above:
a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2 -inch wg.
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 233113-10 METAL DUCTS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: C.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular. 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6.
D. Exhaust Ducts:
1. Ducts Connected to Fans Exhausting (ASHRAE 62.1, Class 1 and 2) Air:
a. Pressure Class: Negative 1 -inch wg.
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: C if negative pressure, and C if positive pressure.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6.
2. Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above:
a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2 -inch wg.
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: C if negative pressure, and C if positive pressure.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6.
3. Ducts Connected to Commercial Kitchen Hoods: Comply with NFPA 96.
a. Exposed to View: Type 304, stainless -steel sheet, No. 4 finish.
b. Concealed: Carbon -steel sheet.
C. Welded seams and joints.
d. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2 -inch wg.
e. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: Welded seams, joints, and penetrations.
f. SMACNA Leakage Class: 3.
E. Outdoor -Air (Not Filtered, Heated, or Cooled) Ducts:
1. Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Furnaces, Heat Pumps, and Terminal Units
a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 1 -inch wg.
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: C.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6.
2. Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above:
a. Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2 -inch wg.
b. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: C.
C. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6.
F. Intermediate Reinforcement:
1. Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel.
2. Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum.
G. Elbow Configuration:
1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal
and Flexible," Figure 4 -2, "Rectangular Elbows."
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 233113-11 METAL DUCTS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
a. Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower:
1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 0.5 radius -to- diameter ratio.
2) Mitered Type RE 4 without vanes.
b. Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm:
1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.0 radius -to- diameter ratio.
2) Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 0.5 radius -to- diameter ratio and two vanes.
3) Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4 -3, "Vanes and Vane
Runners," and Figure 4 -4, "Vane Support in Elbows."
2. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal
and Flexible," Figure 4 -2, "Rectangular Elbows."
a. Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius -to- diameter ratio.
b. Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius -to- diameter ratio and two vanes.
C. Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4 -3, "Vanes and Vane
Runners," and Figure 4 -4, "Vane Support in Elbows."
3. Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Figure 3 -4, "Round Duct Elbows."
a. Minimum Radius -to- Diameter Ratio and Elbow Segments: Comply with
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 3 -1,
"Mitered Elbows." Elbows with less than 90- degree change of direction have
proportionately fewer segments.
1) Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: 0.5 radius -to- diameter ratio and three
segments for 90- degree elbow.
2) Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: 1.0 radius -to- diameter ratio and four segments
for 90- degree elbow.
b. Round Elbows, 12 Inches and Smaller in Diameter: Stamped or pleated.
C. Round Elbows, 14 Inches and Larger in Diameter: Standing seam.
H. Branch Configuration:
Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal
and Flexible," Figure 4 -6, "Branch Connection."
a. Rectangular Main to Rectangular Branch: 45- degree entry.
b. Rectangular Main to Round Branch: Spin in.
2. Round: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Figure 3 -5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3 -6, "Conical Tees."
Saddle taps are permitted in existing duct.
a. Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: 90- degree tap.
b. Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: Conical tap.
END OF SECTION
Lionshead Transit Welcome Center 233113-12 METAL DUCTS
Vail, Colorado 02 March 2011
Addendum #2
Department, of Community Development
75 South Frontage Road
< Vail_= Celorade>�>��f
BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION
(Separate applications are req
Project Street Address:
_��s ' z �� 1� � C,--C 4
(Number) (Street) // )(Suite #)
Buildin Complex Name: L x rt Y1 Mil �ivew t° Ccmc C�
Contractor Information
uired for alarm & sprinkler) EU I D _ p 00
Project #: QR.s I D - D (095
DRB #: DR8 ID 05L3
Building Permit #: 2) 11 — co1 2
Lot #: Block # Subdivision:
Business Name: -%186 Work Class: New ( ) Addition ('41) Alteration ( )
Business Address:
City State: Zip:
Contact Name:
Contact Phone:
Contact E -Mail:
Contractor Registration Number:
i
X,
Ow4r /Owner's Represe tative Signature (Required)
Project Information
Owner Name: TOW'v OF VA-1L.
Parcel #: <D?/0/0,11070/2
(For Parcel #, contact Eagle County Assessors Office at (970- 328 -8640 or visit
www. ea g I ec ou nty. us' pati e )
Type of Building:
Single - Family ( ) Duplex ( ) Multi - Family ( )
Commercial N Other( )
Work Type:
Interior ( )
Exterior (
) Both (X)
3U1L4) 'Al 4 IS
3 s7-e,Q -1 Fs
/$1-10 CC* L4 ,/eu-s ra
+GA-7S72 M 4 61bx ,+0E' e l h-u
r- LOOP—S
Valuation of
(use additional sheet if necessary)
Work Included
$ 51 to oil 50
Plans Included
Work
Electrical
( )Yes (
)No
(X)Yes (
)No
x8 4 ZL1
Mechanical
( )Yes (
)No
(x )Yes (
)No
0$
Plumbing
( )Yes (
)No
(X)Yes (
)No
I W, 044
Building
( )Yes (
)No
(x)Yes (
)No
5Ug2,322
Value of all work being performed: $_ 5, 092,322
(value based on IBC Section 109.3 & IRC Section 108.3)
Electrical Square Footage 10, 6
Detailed Scope and Location of Work:
B UJO O hl q 1(7,1,)
,UEA10 U 77 A/ OF 6A'IS7)A!¢
A D D / 27 Ck/ o F A k / Ezy
64R/�OI` ",t l C. AAY
77Zx/ 5'T coxtiF
(f 6J re . k(Fix)
3U1L4) 'Al 4 IS
3 s7-e,Q -1 Fs
/$1-10 CC* L4 ,/eu-s ra
+GA-7S72 M 4 61bx ,+0E' e l h-u
r- LOOP—S
(use additional sheet if necessary)
E I I _ 0 0 1 3
m11- ooa8
$ 51 to oil 50
smus A"
11I1111royAN
For Office Use Only:
Fee Paid:
Received From:
Cash Check #
CC: Visa / MC Last 4 CC # exp date:
Auth #
Date Received:
FEB 2 3 19011
TOWN O.= `JAIL
M
February 22 "d, 2011
Mr. Martin Haeberle,
The Town of Vail has recently submitted the Building Permit for the Lionshead Transit Welcome Center.
The question of Occupancy use for the second level has been discussed with numerous parties in order
to correctly determine the appropriate Occupancy. The Town, acting as the owner, has discussed the
use with the current tenant and have come to the determination that the second levels use for the
tenant, Vail Recreation District, is an A -3 and E use. Please see attached more detailed letter from the
VRD.
However, it should be noted that, if in the event the tenant would ever leave the space, which is
currently not contemplated for at least the next 20 years, we would anticipate this space to possibly
become an office for the Town of Vail or another complementary office use. With this possible
configuration, the design team has designed the second floor to accommodate a B occupancy Use and
provided 1 Hr rating for the entire space.
If you have any questions please contact me.
Sincerely,
homas E Kassmel
Town of Vail
Town Engineer
700 S. Frontage Road East
Vail, Colorado 81657
970.479.2279
f 970.479.2197
www.vailrec.com
Mr. Haeberle,
The VRD programming space (currently labeled "VRD CAMP ECCIFUN ") in
the Lionshead Transit Welcome Center is intended for many types of
recreation and education including adult art (including pottery and ceramics),
multi -age art, craft, and cooking classes, and children's programming. To be
specific, the children's programming will consist of drop-off opportunities for
children age 30 months (2 -1/2) and older. Any programming for children age
30 months or younger will include a caregiver.
With regard to the Building Code, we have reviewed the criteria and believe
that our program meets the Group E classification;
VAIL GOLF CLUB
1778 Vail Valley Drive
Section 305.2 Educational Group E is met by "...the use of a building or
479.2260
structure... for educational, supervision or personal care services for more
F 479.2355
than five children older than 2' /Z years of age..."
GOLF a l MAINTENANCE
Drive
1278 Vail Valley Drive
We do not believe we meet the Group -4 classification for the following
p 9
479.2262
reasons;
f 479.3451
Section 308.5 Group 1 -4 Day Care Facilities, does not apply as we do not
PARK MAINTENANCE
provide custodial care for persons of any age, with custodial care being
700 S. Frontage Road East
defined as "Non- medical care that helps individuals with his or her activities of
479.2457
f 479.2197
daily living, preparation of special diets and self- administration of medication
not requiring constant attention of medical personnel. Providers of custodial
VAIL TENNIS CENTER
care are not required to undergo medical training."
700 S. Frontage Road East
479.2294
Section 308.5.1 Adult Care Facility, does not apply as we do not provide
f 479.2197
personal care services for adults, with personal care services being defined
JOHN A. DOBSON ARENA
as "The care of residents who do not require chronic or convalescent medical
321 Lionshead Circle
479.2271
or nursing are. Personal care involves responsibility for the safety of the
g p Y I
f 479.2267
resident while inside the building"
VAIL YOUTH SERVICES
In addition, the exception within this section is met "...where (Adult)
395 E. %nshead Circle
occupants are capable of responding to an emergency situation...."
479.2292
f 479.2835
Section 308.5.2 Child Care Facility, does not apply as we do not provide
personal care for children under 21/2 - that is the requirement of the
VAIL NATURE CENTER
841 Vail Valley Drive
accompanying arent or guardian. Where personal care is as defined above,
p 9 p
479.2291
or as defined as "The occupation of attending to the physical needs of people
f 479.3459
who are disabled or otherwise unable to take care of themselves, including
tasks such as bathing, management of bodily functions, and cooking."
VAIL GYMNASTICS
545 N. Frontage Road West
479.2287
9 p The Colorado State Child Care Licensing Specialist, Mark La ka, confirms
p
F 479.2286
the understanding that the VRD does not provide care (personal or custodial)
as long as a parent, guardian, nanny or babysitter has the child under 2'/2 in
ADULT $ YOUTH SPORTS
their care while in VRD programming.
700 S. Frontage Road East
479.2280
f 479.zza 1
The Imagination Stations ace will allow children and families to gather and
9� p g
play inside. The exhibits and playscapes will be built of durable materials, the
Or visit us on the web at:
activities will be self - explanatory, and the recreation is meant to be passive.
www.vailrec.com
Date: 22 February 2011
To: Tom Kassmel
Town of Vail
Department of Public Works
1309 Elkhorn Drive
Vail, CO 81632
Cc
Via: Courier - Vail Rocky Mountain Reprographics
From: Brent Bartels
File: 21064.04/3.1
Subject: Building Permit Package
Project: Lionshead Transit Welcome Center
Pages: 1/1
Transmittal
® For Your Use
❑ For Your Record
❑ For Your Comment
❑ For Your Approval
❑ As Requested
❑ For Distribution
Copies Date Size
4 sets 02.18.2011 2406
4 02.18.2011 Letter
4 02.18.2011 Letter
4 02.18.2011 Letter
4 02.18.2011 Letter
Tom:
4240
❑ Preliminary
❑ Revised
® Final
Description
Issue for Permit Drawing Package (full size)
Project Manual- Construction Specifications
(Volume 01 and Volume 021
CD Drawing Package (half size)
Structural Calculations
Com Check (Electrical) /(Mechanical)
Please find enclosed the Building Permit Drawing Package for Lionshead Transit
Welcome Center.
Thank You.
D IEc��o�rc D
FEB 2 3 2011
I� TOWN OF VAIL
424o Architecture Chicago denver 3003 Larimer Street Denver Colorado 802o5 T 303 292 3388 f 303 zoz 3113 W 4240archi*ecture.corn